Book II: The EARTH CHANGES


THE NEW EARTH
Earth Changes and the Ascension of Planet Earth

Book II:
THE EARTH CHANGES
[First published on the Internet 1996 - 18th Edition]

Copyright 2018 by
Lawrence & Michael Sartorius
with the exception of credited quotations.

Deutsche Übersetzung: 'DIE NEUE ERDE' - Buch 2: Die Veränderungen der Erde
http://www.thenewearth.org/DieNeueErdeBuch2.html

     Introduction to the coming Earth Changes
     Chapter 1: Ancient Prophecies
     Chapter 2: A History of Upheaval
     Chapter 3: Prophets of Our Time
     Chapter 4: Cleansing Planet Earth
     Chapter 5: The Higher Plan
     Chapter 6: Time for Choice
     Chapter 7: The Flying Saucers
     Chapter 8: Home on a Mother Ship
     Chapter 9: Planning a New World
     Chapter10: Messages from the Galactic Federation & Higher Spiritual Sources

Introduction to the coming Earth Changes

The end of a Cycle, cleansing, and rebirth.

Just as Nature has its familiar cycles of Autumn, Winter and Spring, dying down, repose and rebirth, so too do Planets, Planetary Systems, and with them, the Civilisations which inhabit them. Here too the same cycle prevails, but on a much longer time-scale, such as we are presently witnessing as a twenty-six thousand year "End of a Major Cycle" when our Solar System has completed a full orbit around our Galactic Central Sun. Such an ending of a Major Age usually involves all the Sentient Beings moving up a step to a higher Plane and Vibrational level as part of their ongoing Evolutionary progress. Our Planet Earth and its inhabitants have long been living at one of the lowest of the Vibrational level Dimensions, namely the Third Dimension, also known as the dense Physical level. About a third of our population will thus be Ascending to the Fourth Dimension, similar to the Etheric level of our Heavenly "Summerlands" that most of us go up to at our time of Death. Many of Earth's more evolved "Lightworkers" will either go up to the already existing 5th Dimensional Earth, or return to their former higher level Home Planets. Nevertheless, many of Earth's inhabitants will probably not be ready to move up to a higher Dimension at this time and will have to move on to some other 3rd Dimensional Planet in another area of the Universe, where they would only be able to exist at the vibrational level of their present 3rd Dimensional density.

Planet Earth herself will need to undergo some major Planetary Cleansing of land, sea, and atmosphere in order to move her planetary body fully up to the 4th Dimensional level. Some of Earth's population who are in those areas where significant surface changes will need to be carried out will be evacuated to safety by the Galactic Federation, a large group of E.T. Motherships surrounding us at this time in order to be ready to assist us at our time of Ascension.

Plans have long been in place by the Galactic Federation to ensure that this major operation can be carried out smoothly and safely. Those who might fear the prospect, and most of us instinctively fear any kind of change, should be assured that they will at once be encompassed by an all-pervading feeling of peace and tranquillity, while at the same time discarding the fear and uncertainty which is our constant Earthly companion, together with our environment of poverty, uncertainty and fear. Indeed, though incidental to the Major Cycle itself and its own demands, the Human activities being acted out on our Planet's surface have recently dragged our Civilisation down to new depths of violence, terrorism and repression among individuals, tribal minorities and nations. In addition, we have over a long period polluted our Planet, its surface and especially its oceans, to immeasurable and unsustainable levels of pollution and degradation which cannot longer continue.

It is thus timely and appropriate that we take a wider view of these forthcoming events in order to be informed and prepared, as indeed we are warned and advised to do by many of the Higher Celestial Masters and other sources communicating through Earth-based intermediaries, Mediums and Visionaries.

As we are on the verge of a significant change of Universal Age, it becomes therefore rather important at this time to now become fully aware that we are surrounded by millions of other inhabited Worlds within our Universe, all of them teeming with intelligent life. Most of them are vastly more advanced than our own world, living on higher Planes/Dimensions with a higher vibration-rate than Earth's dense-physical Third Dimension. A large group of these worlds have therefore been closely watching over us since World War II with millions of their Motherships surrounding us (although at present invisible to us at their 5th Dimensional vibrational level), ready to assist us at any moment to fulfil our Ascension up to a Fourth Dimensional "New Earth". They also have had an important function in shielding us from any unwarranted intrusions or attacks by those Forces of Darkness that unfortunately still exist within our Galaxy. However, they have never wished to directly interpose themselves on our World, as any interference without our express invitation would be wrong for them karmaically.

Many of Earth's Lightworkers, as members of our Creator's "Explorer Race", have volunteered to come to Planet Earth at this time to expressly partake in a major "Experiment" by our Creator in overcoming/resolving the growing Duality within in our Universe between the Forces of Light and Darkness - the Positive versus the Negative - Good and Evil. This difficult immersion process has actually been assisted by Earth being shrouded from contact with all the other Worlds within an all-surrounding "Veil of Forgetfulness", so that we could pursue this experiment on behalf of the Cosmic Creator without distraction or undue outside interference. This "Veil" has unfortunately had the effect of cutting all of us off from direct contact with other Worlds and of any of their inter-galactic vast stores of hard-won knowledge. However, this "Veil" was put around us as a unique opportunity to concentrate, un-influenced by outsiders, to find a new way through our extreme levels of experienced suffering of attempting to resolve the dilemma of those extremes of Negative-Positive Duality which have accumulated in our Sector of our Universe. Many of us have volunteered to undertake this difficult task in order to develop new and better permanent solutions, not only for our own World, but also for the benefit of the many other Worlds in our Universe.

Our Space Brothers from more advanced worlds, have therefore been instructed to not interfere with our experiment, and thus limited their direct contact except to occasionally communicate to us through their carefully chosen Channellers. Nonetheless, our Extraterrestrial visitors have at times tried to communicate directly with either our Governments or our Media, especially so in a wish to warn them of the extreme dangers of our development and use of atomic weapons, and particularly the Hydrogen bomb. They have also warned the Governments of the coming "Earth Changes". However, Governments fearing the loss of their control over us, have conducted a major "Cover Up" of U.F.O.s and Extraterrestrial visitors since World War II, and at the same time intimidated the World's Media into ignoring any reports of UFO sightings in our skies. Meanwhile, major Governments have quietly created their own secret files of all the numerous UFO sightings supplied by their Military Forces and filed them away in Top-Secret Archives, and at the same time secretly interacted with some of those extraterrestrial visitors.

As an example of the US Government's cover-up of UFOs and the existence of extraterrestrials over the years, only recently have the true secrets of the well-known Roswell flying saucer crash in 1947 been revealed, this by a non-governmental source. When a "Flying Saucer" was reported on the 8th of July 1947 to have crashed near Roswell, New Mexico, a US Air Force retrieval team was immediately sent to the site of the crash. Among them was an Air Force Senior Master Sergeant Nurse, Matilda MacElroy, who was given the task of attending to the sole survivor E.T. in the crashed craft out of the two other crew members. She turned out to be the only person on their return to the Military Base who was able to communicate with the E.T. survivor through telepathy, which nobody else was able to do. She was given the task of communicating with the small E.T. female Being, whom she was to name as "Airl", who had refused to answer any questions other than through her. After being helped by Nurse MacElroy to learn English through the use of many books borrowed from the Base's Library on all sorts of Earth subjects over a remarkably short 16 day period, Airl was to give an extraordinary telepathic message, and only through Nurse MacElroy, which was transcribed by a Government stenographer. This gave many details the workings of what Airl described as the former "Evil Old Empire" which had been working within our area of the Universe - fortunately much of which has since then been disbanded and removed, although remnants of the Dark Forces still do operate secretly behind certain Governments and the Banking Sector on Earth, known as the "Dark Cabal".

Following the E.T.'s death 6 weeks later, brought on by electric shock treatment by US Government operatives to force revelations out of her, Nurse MacElroy was debriefed and sent into forced retirement by the US Air Force, but managed in the confusion to retain her own copy of the transcripts of the interviews. These were duplicates of the "Top Secret" transcripts also kept by the US Government, the existence of which they have never revealed to the public. 60 years later on, Mrs. MacElroy sent her copy of the Transcripts to Lawrence R. Spencer, the Author of "The Oz Factors" (which she had read after he had contacted her by phone in 1998) not long before her death at the age of 83. Mr Spencer has bravely published this as the book "Alien Interview"(this can be read free from the Link at the end of Book II).

On the night and early hours of February 20-21,1954, while on a 'vacation' in Palm Springs, California, President Dwight Eisenhower 'went missing' and was taken to Edwards Air Force Base (previously Muroc Airfield) for a secret meeting. This was to be a 'First Contact' meeting with Extraterrestrials by the US Government and was the beginning of a series of later meetings with other Extraterrestrial Races. The Extraterrestrials of this visit were described as being of a "Nordic" appearance and they came to make a request for President Eisenhower to stop pursuing the Nuclear Arms Race and not to continue to develop the highly dangerous Hydrogen Bomb. However, Eisenhower's Administration responded that they could not do this so long as the Soviet Union also continued its own nuclear build-up. Nonetheless, during those Extraterrestrial Negotiations, various other Government personnel took the unique opportunity to investigate the varied collection of spacecraft which had landed on the Airfield.

Later on in 1954, there was to be another meeting between the Eisenhower Administration and some quite different Extraterrestrials. These were a somewhat renegade section of the Zeta Reticulian Race, better known as the "Grays", because of their gray colored skin. They have hairless bodies and a large head with big round dark eyes, the result of having to live many thousands of years underground on their Planet after contaminating the surface with a nuclear war with their more advanced Zeta Reticuli compatriots. They were no longer able to reproduce themselves through normal physical means and had to rely on 'cloning' their bodies to continue life and therefore they were gradually dying out. They were also of a highly developed Mental nature, but generally lacking in emotion and empathy. They were hoping to engineer a transference of Human Earthling DNA genetics to enable them to once again physically reproduce themselves.

It was in the latter part of 1954 that they landed at Hollman Air Force Base and requested the making a of Treaty with the U.S. Government in exchange for some of their more advanced technology. They identified themselves as originating from a Planet around a Red Star in the Constellation of Orion which we called Betelgeuse. They stated that their Planet was dying and that at some unknown future time they would no longer be able to survive there. A Treaty was eventually signed between them and the U.S. Government for them to re-engineer their failing DNA with that of Earth Humans in exchange for their own spacecraft technology and weapons. The Treaty that was agreed on stated that the Aliens would not interfere in our affairs and we would not interfere in theirs. We agreed in return to keep their presence on Earth a secret and provide them with large underground Base facilities under the "Four Corners" area of Utah, New Mexico, Arizona and Colorado. They were not to make any further Treaties with any other Earth Nation. They would only be allowed to make abductions of Humans on a limited and periodic basis for the purpose of medical examination and monitoring of our development, along with the agreed requirement that the Humans would not be harmed, and be returned to their point of abduction with no memory of the event. They were also required to furnish the Government with a list of all Human contacts and abductees on a regularly scheduled basis. However, after a period of forty years they had proved to have failed to either supply very meaningful new technology or to keep their word on the amount and degree of abductions. This applied particularly to women and children taken up to their Mothership for experimental surgery, as well as to their frequent mutilation of cattle in a continued effort to extract genetic codes. As a result, the U.S. Government over time gradually closed down most of their extensive main underground Bases by the late 1990s, leaving them to carry on with only much more limited facilities for a further short period.

There have indeed also been many other U.S. Government meetings with Extraterrestrials. In fact, J.F. Kennedy was about to give a major speech on the day he was assassinated (by an Agent of Earth's "Secret Government") in which he would have revealed the existence of Extraterrestrials (click on this following link to his intended speech: JFKennedy's Speech he was to give on the Day he was Assassinated). As we know, this speech was unfortunately never given. In fact the Galactic Federation had planned to make a first major appearance with their space craft within a short period following Kennedy's Speech, and this plan had to be abandoned. It would no doubt have ushered in a major change of direction in Earth's future development.

Apart from these secret contacts with the U.S.Government, there have also been many thousands of unofficial reported "Flying-Saucer" or UFO sightings as well as quite a few direct contacts made to individuals. Although they became well-known to limited circles of Earth's "Lightworkers", they have nevertheless always been totally ignored by the mainstream Media through behind-the-scenes Government control. However, one of the first major "Contactees" was George Adamski, who wrote several books in the mid 1950s detailing his physical contacts with Venusian, Saturnian and Martian Space visitors and of his journeys up in their Scout-ships to their large Motherships overhead. In his second book "Inside the Space Ships", he describes in fascinating detail the interiors of these Motherships and his many conversations with their Commanders and other onboard personnel. A few years later, Dino Kraspedon, a Brazilian, also published a book describing his unexpected meeting with the Captain of a 300-foot Flying Saucer Scout, who gave him much useful scientific information about space travel and their methods of propulsion. Among other things, the Captain explained how they can move at enormous speeds through our atmosphere by creating a vacuum around the Scouts by ionizing the air surrounding the craft to prevent atmospheric friction. He was also one of the first to give us information on the approaching "Earth Changes". (For extended excerpts from "My Contact with Flying Saucers" by Dino Kraspedon and the George Adamski books, see the Link at the end of this Book II)

In the last 16 years there have been a growing number of channeled E.T. messages published in various books and specialist magazines, particularly those coming from the Galactic Federation (see the "Updates Archives" at the end of Book II).

Another extraterrestrial phenomenon that has become well-known during the last twenty years have been the thousands of perfectly formed "Crop Circles" which mysteriously appear overnight in fields of cereal crops, especially so in Britain, giving us many beautiful and highly complex patterns. Photographs of them have been well documented in various books and on the Internet. Likewise, there are also the many photographs on the Internet and books of "flying saucers" or Scoutships. These are ones that the Space Visitors have permitted us to see through lowering their higher vibration rates down to our 3D level. There are thousands of huge Motherships stationed invisibly overhead, many of them over hundreds of miles in diameter, and as they mostly operate on the 4th and 5th Dimensional vibrational levels which is invisible to our 3D physical sight.


crop circle crop circle

Flying Saucer Flying Saucer Flying Saucer


Although our Space Visitors have up to now been limited to few Earth contacts, they promise that they will soon be making their first major appearance as part of a "First Contact" Mission, once Earth's major Governments have made their long awaited "Disclosure" announcement of the existence of Extraterrestrials. This "First Contact Event" will probably be made through providing a mass sighting of their spacecraft over several of Earth's major cities. They would then follow this up with a series of actual Earth landings in order to give us detailed information about themselves and to provide us with various useful technologies, such as the use of "Free Energy". However, they have in the meantime made contact with over 160 Earth Governments requesting them to make a full "Disclosure" announcement before they will make an appearance. Of course the various Governments have "dragged their heels", as they not only fear the loss of their power to rule over their citizens, but even more so from the dire effects of any revelations of their past massive cover up of E.T. and UFO contacts.

However, at least a few Governments, under considerable public pressure, are beginning to open up some of their Secret UFO files to the general public. The French Government has recently promised to now open some of its secret UFO files to researchers, as well as the British Government, who announced in March 2008 they will start making its UFO documents available through the Ministry of Defense, and which would feature hundreds of documented UFO sightings gathered over the previous 10 year period across the UK.

On the 12th of February 2008 the United Nations convened a secret gathering at the United Nations Headquarters in New York with Delegates of 28 major countries to discuss the increasing and unprecedented numbers of UFO sightings during 2007 and 2008. Security around the meeting was intense: everyone was searched at the entrance; pens, pins, key chain items were collected and even Member's UN Security Cards were temporarily taken into custody. This meeting was attended by over 40 Representatives of the 28 Member Countries. A document from the Galactic Federation was circulated in the meeting in which a request was made that all the countries represented should make a full disclosure of their knowledge of the existence of Extraterrestrials. The Galactic Federation were offering to provide in return such useful technologies as new forms of "Free Energy". A debate then followed amongst the Delegates on how the UN might respond to this offer, if at all - we presume the answer was indeed negative. A similar document was later sent by the Galactic Federation directly to the relevant Ministries of all the attending 28 Member States.

Ever since World War II, the Galactic Federation of Light has been trying to give a warning to our major Governments, as well as to Earth's Scientific Community, on the extreme dangers of developing nuclear weapons . They also expressed an especial concern about our developing the Hydrogen Bomb and they informed us that Hydrogen is a basic "living" element permeating all our surrounding ether. A large scale use of Hydrogen bombs could set off a massive chain-reaction conflagration throughout the Ethers of Space in addition to destroying our Planet. In fact the Galactic Federation has been forced to intervene countless times to disrupt our setting off nuclear devices in particularly dangerous situations. This they can do by simply neutralizing them at their point of use.

Another important part of their mission was to alert us of the impending "Earth Changes" as part of the ending of a Major Universal Age. They have told us that the present ending of the two-hundred million year-long Grand Universal Age, is a time when all our Universes, Galaxies and Solar Systems must collectively move up a step to higher dimensional planes. This also coincides with our own Solar Ring and Milky Way Galaxy having just completed a long 26,000 years orbit around the Great Central Sun of the Universe, as well as the Zodiacal ending of Earth's 2000 year-long Piscean Age. The Piscean Age commenced around the time of the Birth of Christ, and ends on the 21st of December 2012 (as foretold in the ancient Mayan Calendar). That will then be the start of the new "Aquarian Age", having long been prophesied as bringing in a "Golden Age of Peace" on Earth.

There have been many other prophesies concerning these coming "End-Times", such as in the Bible's "Book of Revelations". These are referred to in the Christian Bible as the "Final Day of Judgement" and also the promised "Second Coming of Christ". The same message has also been given in more recent times by the growing number of "New Age" Esoteric Schools of Higher Spiritual Knowledge.

Humanity at this time on Planet Earth, along with the many other inhabited worlds of our Solar System, is thus about to make an "Ascension" up to a higher "Dimension" or vibrational plane. We on Earth are already moving up from our past dense physical "Third Dimension" vibrational level to rising degrees towards the 4th Dimension. We and all living things have gradually been upgraded, through an inflow of powerful higher Celestial energies to now over the 3.52 Dimensional vibration rate and will soon be moving seamlessly further up into the Fourth Dimension. After a fairly long period as a Fourth Dimensional Planet Earth following Earth Humanity's Ascension, we shall then be moving further on up to the already existing 5th Dimensional Earth. Those of Earth's inhabitants who are now ready to move up to the 5th Dimensional Earth will be soon following all those who have already moved from our present Earth's after-death Fourth Dimensional "Summerlands" Spiritual Plane to the higher vibrational 5D Planet Earth.

Most of the advanced "Lightworkers" working and teaching down here on Earth have themselves come down as "Starseeds" from other Planets and Star Systems. Having already experienced living on higher Dimensions and more advanced worlds, such an Ascension will therefore not be such a big move upwards for them. On the other hand, many of the younger Souls starting out on their long evolutionary Ascension on this "Seed Planet" for new Human Souls, may not yet be ready to make a move up to the Fourth Dimensional level, and will therefore be relocated by the Galactic Federation to other worlds capable of supporting a Third Dimension vibrational level.

However, Planet Earth now badly needs to go through a vibrational reformulation as well as a major surface cleansing of the worst of the environmental detritus and destructive effects made by its present inhabitants, as this also has a negative effect on the higher dimensional levels, which are all based on the fundamental make-up of the core physical 3D Earth. This "Cleansing" will be undertaken by the Galactic Federation's Forces, whose technology can undertake this within at least a couple of years or more.

During this Planetary "Cleansing Period" certain 3D surface areas may need to go through some fairly major upheavals. Those who happen to be in areas of severe physical disruptions will be lifted off by the Galactic Federation's Scout Craft and taken up for a temporary period to the overhead Motherships. Others in areas of danger may alternatively choose to be taken down into the interior "Hollow Inner Earth", the home of an existing Fifth-dimensional civilisation named "Aghartha", which will barely be affected by the 3D surface cleansing. This Ancient Civilisation derives from the Ancient Civilisation of Lemuria which sank beneath the Pacific Ocean even before the demise of Atlantis and whose more evolved survivors escaped into the Inner Earth at the time. This Fifth Dimensional Civilisation has up to now not wished to reveal itself to us turbulent 3D surface dwellers. They live an almost perfect life within the hollow interior which is inside Earth's 800 mile thick outer planetary crust. They have a pristine environment of verdant landscapes, rivers, lakes, even mountains, as well as their beautiful crystal cities. All of which is illuminated by its own central interior Sun which also is the high-density crystalline magnetic core at the very centre of Planet Earth. [More information on the Inner Earth is available at the link to "The Inner Earth & Realm of Aghartha" at the end of this Book II]

There have in fact been many previous major surface changes and "Cleansings" to Planet Earth through realignments to her magnetic axis as a result of outside Galactic and Solar System changes and upheavals. This has been well-documented in geological studies of her past surface history, which includes entire continental landmasses either being submerged beneath the oceans, or raised up to become some of today's highest mountain ranges. Seashells and skeletons of fish have been found high up in the Himalayas and the Andes. The great plains of the USA from Mexico to Alaska are known to have been under the sea, and today's Eastern coast of America was once the 'shore-line' of what are now the Appalachian Mountains. The North and South Poles have also been shown to have moved rapidly to new positions with the evidence of dramatic surface and climatic changes left behind. An aspect of this was first discovered in 1799, when frozen bodies of mammoths were unearthed in the tundra of Siberia, their stomachs containing freshly eaten grasses and leaves normally belonging to tropical regions thousands of miles to the South. Former tropical coral reefs have also been discovered as far north as Spitzbergen, within what is now the Polar Circle. Coal deposits found in Antarctica indicate that the area was once covered by equatorial forests.

We need to also become aware that Mother Earth/Gaia is herself a highly evolved Spirit ensouling the Planet. She now awaits impatiently for the long-desired Ascension of Herself and her surface dwellers up to the Fourth and Fifth Dimensions. She has up to now had to maintain a long and painful duty of supporting a lowly evolved combative and turbulent Humanity as part of her Celestial service "Contract". However, she also needs to cleanse her Third Dimensional Earth Sphere (the lowest of Her 4-7D surrounding higher vibrational Earth Spheres) of all the past pollution, damage and detritus that Humanity has accumulated on her surface. The many areas of interior blasting within her surface Crust and Humanity's increasing extraction of oil has also caused her much 3D physical distress. Oil is in fact the very "Life-blood" of her Planetary Body, part of the system that helps her to lubricate Earth's Tectonic Plates and thus help keep them properly locked together. An insufficient quantity of this substance at the intersection of two major Continental Plates resulted in the massive underwater Sumatra Earthquake and Tsunami of December 2004.

Humanity itself has to now undertake a process of erasing all past negative "Karma" before we can Ascend to the Fourth or Fifth Dimensional Earth Spheres. We therefore at this "End of Age" time need to balance out all our past Karmaic debts with those that we have previously harmed and at the same time give forgiveness to those that we consider may have wronged us in the past. Many of those long repressed emotional hurts and historical grievances which have accumulated over thousands of incarnations held as deep scars within our DNA and our Soul's memory, now need to be brought to the surface, resolved and finally transmuted before we proceed upwards with our Ascension.

At this time we can indeed see much of this resolving of past Karma going on as a world-wide activity within the many settlings of past historical grievances. This is particularly visible in the present day conflicts within the Middle East, where we see the re-surfacing of the old Christian-Muslim conflict which was first generated, and never properly resolved, during the time of the Crusades.

In conjunction with the ending of the present Major Universal Age, there is at this time being enacted by the Celestial Hierarchy a final major removal within our Galaxy of all the remaining Forces of Darkness. Most of this darkness came in from a particularly evil outside infestation of darkness originating in a totally corrupted Grand Universe Creation out in the Great Void. It infected the outer regions of our surrounding Seventh Super-Universe of Orvonton millions of years ago and spread to our own Milky Way Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon. Now, at last we are coming to an end of over 500 million years of this pervasive darkness which had so subtly infiltrated the outer areas of our total Universe. It has left behind a scene of much destruction through the many Galactic Wars fought within our Galaxy, and which is only now being thoroughly cleansed by the Galactic Forces of Light. (There is more information on this infiltration of darkness at the end of Book I, Chapter 10).

Since Planet Earth was put into a protective "Quarantine" over 200,000 years ago after the Lucifer Rebellion, it has also had to undertake the function as a virtual "Prison Planet/Remand Centre" for many of the most negative and destructive Beings within our Universe who have been brought here for reform. Also, it had to fulfil its original role as a "Seed Planet" for young Souls starting out on their long Ascension and evolutionary path up from the Animal Kingdom. They have had to come here in order to learn how to control their natural animalistic emotional responses, which tends to descend into violent conflict when conditions become difficult. They will thereby eventually learn a deeper respect for the "Sanctity of Life", which will then allow them to move on up to a Higher Dimension.

At its Creation within our Galaxy Planet Earth was also given a role as an "Experimental Ecology Planet", in which new life forms and varieties of plant life were to be developed. All the diversity of biological life found throughout the Universe has at some time been brought here by the Universe's Scientific "Life Carriers" given the job of physically creating new and improved Life Forms on this new Experimental Ecology Planet. Among them were many of the original Extraterrestrial Human settlers who were brought to Planet Earth millions of year ago in the Motherships of the Galactic Federation as a specially selected team of volunteer "Celestial Gardeners". They came having made a solemn pledge to help in the development of new and better varieties of plant and animal life for this new "Galactic Museum of Ecology" under a long-term "Contract" to remain here as the "Stewards of Earth" until a virtual "Garden of Eden" was finally established. Although they would eventually be dragged down into lower and lower levels of dense 3rd Dimensional physicality caused by the various invasions by the Dark Forces within our Galaxy, they nevertheless maintained a Sacred Pledge to return here repeatedly until their job was finally done. Millions of years later, many have returned as the highly evolved Ecologists who continue to carry on the work of developing a yet more beautiful and diverse Planet.

This special Planetary role as a unique Biological Showcase for the Galaxy, explains the amazingly rich variety of plant and animal life which we now enjoy. Our Planet is even now, despite Man's past destructive activities, considered by the other Inhabited Worlds as being one of the most beautiful and green Water-Planets within our Galaxy. The future levels of Earth are destined to develop this great wealth and variety of life to even greater heights, into a true Celestial "Garden of Eden", not only for our own enjoyment, but for the education and enjoyment of all the other Worlds who will be eagerly visiting us.

Apart from co-creating with our Galactic friends a beautiful Green New World, we will also be developing new and improved Social Systems. Learning from all our past and painful experiences in trying to resolve the Universal problem of self-centered "Negativity", we will also be resolving to identify and control any tendency towards negative or destructive behaviour. This can also infect the other "Benevolent Worlds" which themselves make up the majority of our Grand Universe. We hope eventually to become an exemplary "Showcase World" for the rest of the Galaxy and our whole Grand Universe in finally resolving this difficult problem. By then, Earth's inhabitants will have moved up from their present overall focus on pure "Self-Interest", to a more cooperative one of "Serving Others" for the benefit of the whole. We shall have hopefully become a Loving and Cooperative society which incorporates a deeper Respect for the Integrity and Rights of Others, governed by a central Constitutional Principle which mandates "That we take all possible steps to avoid intruding into, or causing harm, to another Being". This governing "Principle of Liberty" can also be encapsulated as: "Do unto Others only as you would have them Do unto You".



Chapter 1:
ANCIENT PROPHECIES

Many Biblical predictions have for long told us clearly and graphically of the coming "Final Day of Judgment", the "Second Coming of The Christ" and of our final reward of an Ascension up to the Heavenly Realms.

The old Biblical "Final Day of Judgment" was traditionally divided into several different sequences, starting with the "Rapture", in which those who are "Just and Faithful to the Ways of the Lord" are lifted up to the Heavens to avoid the "Tribulation"which follows. Then will the "Wrath of the Lord"descend upon those who have failed their Final Judgment followed by a great Cleansing of Earth. A small "Remnant" who repent and learn to change their ways would possibly survive the Tribulation and emerge from their hiding places underground and in caves to commence a glorious new Millennium, a prophesied 1,000-year Golden Age of Peace, to be started off with the Second Coming of The Christ to Earth as the "Prince of Peace, King of Kings and Lord of Lords".

Isaiah describes the Tribulation graphically in the Old Testament:

"Behold the Day of the Lord cometh cruel both with wrath and fierce anger to lay the Land desolate: and He shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it. For the Stars of Heaven and the Constellations thereof shall not give their Light: the Sun shall be darkened in his going forth, and the Moon shall not cause her Light to shine. And I will punish the World for their evil and the wicked for their iniquity; and I will cause the arrogance of the Proud to cease, and will lay low the Haughtiness of the Terrible. I will make a Man more precious than fine gold; even a Man the Golden Wedge of Ophir. Therefore I will shake the Heavens, and the Earth shall remove out of her place". [Isaiah 13: 9-13]

The New Testament gives four major prophecies of the Final Day of Judgment and the Second Coming of The Christ: from the Apostles Mark, Luke and Matthew, and the Book of Revelations by St. John of the Island of Patmos.

In the Gospel according to St Luke, Jesus speaks of the "Signs before the End" and the "Second Coming":

"The Days will come, in which there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. Nation shall rise against Nation and Kingdom against Kingdom: and great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great Signs shall there be from Heaven.

And there shall be signs in the Sun, and in the Moon, and in the Stars; and upon the Earth distress of Nations, with perplexity; the sea and waves roaring; Men's hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the Earth: for the powers of Heaven shall be shaken.

And then shall they see the Son of Man coming in a Cloud with Power and Great Glory. And when these things begin to come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads; for your Redemption draweth nigh". [Luke 21: 6, 10, 25-28]

Likewise from St Matthew:

"For then shall be Great Tribulation, such as was not since the Beginning of the World to this time, no, nor ever shall be. And unless those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect's sake those days shall be shortened. Immediately after the Tribulation of those Days shall the Sun be darkened, and the Moon shall not give her Light, and the Stars shall fall from Heaven, and the Powers of the Heavens shall be shaken. But of that day and hour knoweth no Man, no, not the Angels of Heaven, but my Father only". [Matthew 24: 21-22; 29, 36]

In the Book of Revelations, St John the Divine was given a Vision in which a High Angel broke Seven Seals, each containing a Revelation, a Future Vision:

"And I beheld when he had opened the Sixth Seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the Sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the Moon became as blood; and the Stars of Heaven fell unto the Earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.

And the Heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.

And when he had opened the Seventh Seal, there was silence in Heaven. And I saw the Seven Angels which stood before God; and to them were given Seven Trumpets.

The first Angel sounded, and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the Earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up.

And the second Angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood; and the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died; and the third part of the ships were destroyed.

And the third Angel sounded, and there fell a Great Star from Heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters; and the name of the star is called Wormwood; and many men died of the waters, because they were made bitter.

And the Seventh Angel sounded; and there were great voices in Heaven, saying, "The Kingdoms of this World are become the Kingdoms of our Lord, and of His Christ; and He shall reign for ever and ever". [Revelation 6:12-14; 8:1-2 & 7-11; 11:15]

The Buddhist tradition also foretells the end of the present civilization 2,500 years after the birth of the Buddha, at which time Mankind will be redeemed by Maitreya, the future Buddha. The exact birth year of the original Buddha is not known, but the earliest of several dates is 566 BC, thus confirming the timing of the predicted changes to occur after the end of the 20th Century.

In the early 1830s the Church of the Latter Day Saints was founded on the prophecies given to Joseph Smith by an Angelic Being, named Moroni, and on Smith's subsequent discovery, under Moroni's direction, of buried golden tablets of great antiquity inscribed with much Ancient Wisdom which was to become "The Book of Mormon".

The Mormon Teachings repeat the Biblical warnings of Great Judgments which were coming upon the Earth, with great desolations by famine, sword, and pestilence...

"And when that Day shall come they shall be visited of the Lord of Hosts, with thunder and with earthquake, and with a great noise, and with storm, and with tempest, and with the flame of devouring fire".

One of the best known of more recent Psychics and Clairvoyants, Edgar Cayce, gave between 1901 and 1945 thousands of trance 'Readings'. Cayce became well known for his trance diagnoses of illnesses and 'miracle' cures, later to be documented and confirmed by medical science. He also gave many predictions of future events which were to be proved unusually accurate. For the end of the Twentieth Century he predicted earthquakes, volcanic eruptions and catastrophic changes to the Earth's surface:

"The Earth will be broken up in many places. The early portion will see a change in the physical aspect of the West Coast of America. There will be open waters appearing in the Northern portions of Greenland. There will be New Lands seen off the Caribbean Sea, and dry land will appear. South America shall be shaken from the uppermost portion to the end, and in the Antarctic off Tierra del Fuego Land, and a strait with rushing waters..." [3976-15, Jan 19, 1934]

"The Earth will be broken up in the Western portion of America. The greater portion of Japan must go into the sea. The upper portion of Europe will be changed as in the twinkling of an eye. Land will appear off the East coast of America..."[3976-15, Jan 19, 1934]

"There will be upheavals in the Arctic and the Antarctic that will make for the eruptions of volcanoes in the Torrid areas, and there will then be the shifting of the Poles - so that where there have been frigid or semi-tropical areas, these will become the more tropical, and moss and fern will grow..." (3976-15, Jan 19, 1934)

"In the next few years, lands will appear in the Atlantic as well as in the Pacific. And what is the coastline now of many a land will be the bed of the ocean... Portions of the now East coast of New York, or New York City itself, will in the main disappear... while the southern portions of Carolina, Georgia, these will disappear". [1152-11, Aug 13, 1941]

Cayce also refers to Ancient Records of Atlantis hidden underground in a secret chamber near the Pyramid of Giza in Egypt, covering the entire History of Mankind from pre-Egypt to the end of the 20th Century - which is, said Cayce, "...that period when there is to be the change in the Earth's position, and the return of the Great Initiate to that and other Lands for the folding up of those Prophecies that are depicted there". [5748-5]

[From the "Life Readings" by EDGAR CAYCE. Copyright 1971, 1993, 1995 by the Edgar Cayce Foundation, Virginia Beach, Virginia 23451, U.S.A. and used by permission.]

As we consider the possibility and the implications of these predicted Earth Changes, we can be quite certain that physical changes of enormous magnitude have already occurred many times during Planet Earth's long History.

Chapter 2:
A HISTORY OF UPHEAVAL

We tend quite naturally to regard "our Earth" as a stable and unchanging home, a "sure stronghold" which could never be substantially disrupted. Our confidence may from time to time be shaken by major earthquakes and typhoons, but these soon pass over, and we prefer to regard them as minor temporary upsets in an otherwise comfortable and predictable environment. There is however much geological evidence of sudden and major structural changes having taken place on Planet Earth in the past; and it is not unreasonable to consider the possibility that what has happened in the past may well be repeated.

Historical accounts written many centuries ago bear witness to previous planetary disruptions. Immanuel Velikovsky has made a major contribution to research in this area; his "Worlds in Collision", written in 1950, assembles numerous Biblical and ancient historical references to such events, drawing substantially on contemporary accounts from the Middle East and lower Mexico.

He quotes, for example, a long inscription in hieroglyphics on a shrine of black granite found at El-Arish on the border of Egypt and Palestine. It reads: "The Land was in great affliction. Evil fell on this Earth. There was a great upheaval in the Residence. Nobody could leave the Palace during nine days, and during these nine days of upheaval there was such a tempest that neither Men nor Gods could see the faces of those beside them".

This inscription corresponds with the Bible, Exodus 10,22: "And there was a thick darkness in all the land of Egypt three days. They saw not one another, neither rose any from his place for three days".

East of Egypt, in Babylonia, the Eleventh Tablet of the 'Epic of Gilgamesh' refers to the same events:

"From out of the horizon rose a dark cloud and it rushed against the Earth; the land was shriveled by the heat of flames. Desolation stretched to Heaven; all that was bright was turned into darkness. Nor could a Brother distinguish his Brother. (For) six days the hurricane, deluge, and tempest continued sweeping the land, and all Humans back to their clay were returned".

The Ancient Egyptian Historian Ipuwer witnessed and survived this earthquake, recounting that:"The towns are destroyed, Upper Egypt has become a waste. All is ruin. The residence is overturned in a minute". [Papyrus Ipuwer 2:11, 3:13]

From his research into Ancient Documents, Velikovsky concludes that the Earth was forced out of its regular motion by the close approach of the body of a Comet: a major shock convulsed the Lithosphere, and the area of the Earthquake was the entire Globe. Terrific hurricanes swept the Earth because of the change or reversal of the angular velocity of rotation and because of the sweeping gases, dust, and cinders of the Comet.

He supports this contention of worldwide disruptions with similar quotations from historical records of Mexican tradition.

The Mexican sacred book "Popol-Vuh", the "Manuscript Cakchiquel", and the "Manuscript Troano" all record how the mountains in every part of the Western Hemisphere simultaneously gushed lava. The volcanoes that opened along the entire chain of the Cordilleras and in other mountain ranges and on flat land vomited fire, vapour, and torrents of lava.

Velikovsky quotes "Manuscript Troano" and other documents of the Mayas which describe a cosmic catastrophe during which the ocean fell upon the continent and a terrible hurricane swept the Earth. These records provide graphic accounts of hurricanes which broke up and carried away all towns and forests. Exploding volcanoes, tides sweeping over mountains, and raging winds threatened to annihilate Humankind, and actually did annihilate many species of animals. The face of the Earth changed, mountains collapsed, other mountains grew and rose over the onrushing cataract of water driven from oceanic spaces, numberless rivers lost their beds, and a wild tornado moved through the debris descending from the sky.

The ancients referred to the physical agent that brought darkness and swept away houses and trees and even rocks and mounds of earth as "Hurakan", from which our present word 'Hurricane' is derived. Hurakan, it is recorded, destroyed the major part of the Human Race. In the darkness swept by wind, resinous stuff fell from the sky and participated with fire on water in the destruction of the World. For five days, save for the burning naphtha and burning volcanoes, the World was dark, since the Sun did not appear.

In a later book,"Earth in Upheaval", Velikovsky supports Biblical and other historical references with currently visible geological evidence of past upheavals.

He describes, for example, an area in Alaska to the North of Mount McKinley which has a frozen layer of "muck" composed of a jumble of trees and extinct animals, such as the mammoth, mastodon and super-bison. This was analyzed by Professor F.C. Hibben of the University of New Mexico, who concluded:

"There is ample evidence that at least portions of this material were deposited under catastrophic conditions. Mammal remains are for the most part dismembered and dis-articulated, even though some fragments yet retain, in their frozen state, portions of ligaments, skin, hair, and flesh. Twisted and torn trees are piled in splintered masses. At least four considerable layers of volcanic ash may be traced in these deposits, although they are extremely warped and distorted.

"The presence of volcanic ash indicates that a volcanic eruption did take place, and repeatedly, in four consecutive stages of the same epoch; but it is also apparent that the trees could have been uprooted and splintered only by hurricane or flood or a combination of both agencies. The animals could have been dismembered only by a stupendous wave that lifted and carried and smashed and tore and buried millions of bodies and millions of trees. Also, the area of the catastrophe was much greater than the action of a few volcanoes could have covered."

During the late 1830s Hugh Miller made a special study of the Old Red Sandstone in Scotland in which an abundant aquatic fauna is embedded. The animals embedded within it are seen in very 'disturbed' positions. Miller writes: "Some terrible catastrophe involved in sudden destruction the fish of an area at least a hundred miles from boundary to boundary, perhaps more. The same platform in Orkney, as at Cromarty, is strewn thick with remains, which exhibit unequivocally the marks of violent death. The figures are contorted, contracted, curved; the tail in many instances is bent around to the head; the spines stick out; the fins are spread to the full, as in fish that die in convulsions."

In 1901 a quick-frozen mammoth was found in Beresovka, Siberia, so well preserved that its eyeballs were fully intact. It still had buttercups in its mouth and the content of its stomach indicated that it had been eating temperate-zone plants, no longer growing in that area. R.S. Lull, Director of the Peabody Museum at Yale, reports the discovery in his book "Organic Evolution", confirming that: "...a fractured hip and fore limb, a great mass of clotted blood in the chest, and unswallowed grass between the clenched teeth, all point to the violence and suddenness of its passing."

Rock geology shows that there have been major uplifts of land-masses around the globe. The great massif of the Himalayas is estimated to have risen to its present height since the last Ice Age of over 11,000 years ago. Likewise the Andes in South America also show evidence of having been thrust upwards eleven thousand years ago.

Many other researchers have identified evidence of major geological changes during our Planet's long history; indeed, there are many areas in which even a casual observer can see such evidence for him or herself, as for example when erosion shows cross-sections of hillsides miles from the present coastline displaying deposits of seashells.

An interesting example, quoted in "Doomsday 1999 A.D.", by Charles Berlitz, can be found in Bolivia. The stone city of Tiahuanaco is so old that its broken pottery shows pictures of Pleistocene animals. Although Tiahuanaco is now at an altitude of 13,500 feet, too high for a population to live, its docks and quays indicate that it was once a seaport and that it rose with the Andes when they were created 11,000 years ago.

Immanuel Velikovsky summarizes these sudden geological changes:

"Wherever we investigate the geological records of this Earth, we find signs of catastrophes and upheavals, old and recent.

"Mountains sprang from plains, and other mountains were levelled; strata of the terrestrial crust were folded and pressed together and overturned and moved and put on top of other formations. Igneous rock melted and flooded enormous areas of land with miles-thick sheets, and the ocean bed flowed with molten rock. Ashes were showered down and built layers many yards thick on the ground and on the bottom of the oceans in their vast expanse. The shores of ancient lakes were tilted and are no longer horizontal and the seacoasts show subsidence or emergence, in some places, of over one thousand feet.

"Rocks of the Earth are filled with remains of life extinguished in a state of agony. Sedimentary rocks are one vast graveyard, and the granite and basalt, too, have embedded in them numberless living organisms. Shells have closed valves as they do in a living state, so unexpectedly came the entombment. Vast forests were burned and washed away and covered with the waters of the seas and with sand and turned to coal. Animals were swept to the far north and thrown into heaps and were soaked by bituminous outpourings. Broken bones and torn ligaments and the skins of animals, both of living species and of extinct species, were smashed together with splintered forests into huge piles.

"The evidence is overwhelming that the great global catastrophes were either accompanied or caused by the shifting of the terrestrial axis, or by a disturbance in the diurnal and annual motions of the Earth. The shifting of the axis could not have been brought about by internal causes, but only under the impact of external forces. The state of lavas with reversed magnetization, hundreds of times more intense than the inverted terrestrial magnetic field could impart, reveals the nature of the forces that were in action".

['Earth in Upheaval', by Immanuel Velikovsky - 1955 - Buccaneer Books Inc., Cutchogue, NY, USA.]

Set against the wider time-frame of the many dramatic surface changes which have already occurred, current predictions of major physical 'Earth Changes' may now perhaps seem less extreme. There is plenty of evidence that the Planet's very geography has in fact been dramatically changed many times before, and likewise, there is no scientific evidence to support the contention that such changes will not happen yet again.

Human Earth civilizations have also come and gone. Most people today look at the story of Humanity and assume that it has lasted for only six thousand years or so, but there have in fact been many much older civilizations, such as Lemuria (or Mu) in the Pacific Ocean and the legendary Atlantis in the Atlantic Ocean.

Chapter 3:
PROPHETS OF OUR TIME

In March 1994, NBC television network broadcast a program entitled "Ancient Prophecies", covering both ancient and contemporary predictions of Earth Changes. It was seen by millions of American and Canadian viewers and prompted over 24,000 enquiries. A major feature was the prediction by Gordon-Michael Scallion of violent and significant geological changes coming to Earth by the end of the Millennium. Although these events have not yet manifested, they still remain a potential possibility for the near future, and therefore their details are worth taking into consideration.

Mr. Scallion had worked in the field of communications and education until 1979, when he experienced a health crisis which left him with the 'gift of prophecy'. Some of his more notable prophecies were the 1992 Californian earthquakes on April 22 and June 28, Hurricane Andrew in Florida, and the Mississippi floods of 1993.

Viewers of the March 1994 program were shown a Future Map of the United States: 1998-2001 which Mr Scallion had visualized through his inner sight. Published by his company Matrix Institute, the map showed major geological changes in the United States occurring in two distinct phases:

A first super-mega California earthquake in the 10-15 magnitude range causes a fracture along a line from Eureka to Bakersfield and southwest to the Gulf of California-Baja. Gaps and fissures occur running the length of the San Joaquin and Sacramento Valleys. Flooding inundates much of the coastal area of California, causing some of the existing land mass to become islands.

In a second major Californian earthquake the Central North American Plate is thrust violently upward on a tilt, causing much of California to go under the sea. Higher elevations remain as islands and become known as the Isles of California. A large part of the land mass west of a line running from Newport Oregon to Tucson Arizona breaks away and sinks within minutes. This line forms the new West Coast of the United States, and with Phoenix, Arizona, becoming a major seaport.

Along the Eastern seaboard, coastlines from Maine to Florida are also pushed inland for many miles. Atlanta Georgia becomes a new seaport. Florida is reduced in size by more than half and all the Florida Keys disappear beneath the sea.

In the center of the American continent, a wide belt of water floods the Mississippi basin, connecting up with the Great Lakes, which themselves rise and expand, cutting off the Eastern part of the United States from the West and effectively creating two separate landmasses.

Mr. Scallion envisaged the Earth's magnetic pole shifting twice to the west: seven degrees at first, and then a further six degrees as a result of magna displacement through a shifting of the Earth's core. As a contributory element he saw a large heavenly body entering our solar system, the "Blue Star", causing a realignment of Earth's position within the system.

We should always bear in mind that although these events have not yet manifested themselves, they are all potentialities that can be seen from higher spiritual planes. Although they have in fact been delayed and greatly modified by the relatively good progress made by Humanity since that time, elements of them will nonetheless still manifest, although probably to a lesser degree, and at the appropriately set Divine time for our final Ascension.

Another 'Future Map' of America was channeled through Lori Adaile Toye, between 1988 and 1991, transmitted jointly by the Ascended Masters Saint Germain, Kuthumi, El Morya, Mother Mary, Sanat Kumara, Sananda, and other Masters of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy. It was published as the 'New World Atlas' by Seventh Ray Publishing of Payson Arizona.

This material demonstrated remarkable similarities with the map produced by Mr Scallion. Much of the American West Coast was to be inundated, from Washington State down to southern Oregon, with the ocean covering most of California, Nevada and Utah. This created a new coastline extending from the Rocky Mountains, near Denver, down to Phoenix, Arizona. Similarly the Mississippi River on this map expands into a wide inlet, running up to an enlarged Great Lakes area, with the East Coast partially flooded, and the bottom tip of Florida sinking under the ocean.

Again much of the same outline was prophesied from yet another source:

Hypnotic past-life regression is an established technique in which the patient under hypnosis is able to recall specific episodes from his or her past life or lives. The pioneering past-life and prenatal work of Dr Helen Wambach PhD is reviewed in her two published books Recalling Past Lives (Harper & Row 1978) and Life Before Life (Bantam Books 1979). Having demonstrated this technique to her satisfaction during a series of group workshops, Dr Wambach wondered how it would work when applied to the future. She therefore began giving similar workshops offering participants a chance to look ahead at their possible future lives through hypnotic progression, projection not into the past, but into the future.

Dr Wambach was at that time being assisted in her research and experiments by Dr Chet Snow PhD, who also then himself became her subject for a series of future life projections in 1983. Dr Snow was at that time an historian/archivist working as a civilian employee of the United States Air Force, subsequently obtaining a Hypno-therapy certification and now practising regression therapy. The fascinating record of these future projections under hypnosis is related in Dr Snow's book "Mass Dreams of the Future".

Under hypnosis, Dr Snow described, aloud, visions of his future life at the end of the 20th Century. Here he sees himself living on a remote ranch north of Phoenix Arizona, in a small community which had been set up both as a school for the development of psychic communication skills (mental telepathy) and as a survival base for the foreseen coming 'Earth Changes'.

He recounts that their small community was then busy laying-in stocks of food and other supplies, which were now becoming both expensive and scarce through changing weather patterns. In the world news, the weather was becoming increasingly unpredictable, with freak storms, record heat and cold periods, drought and exceptional rainfall around the globe. The world stock markets and financial systems were also collapsing.

In a time period of a year later, Dr Snow was made aware that a major earthquake had just hit the Pacific Rim area. The coastline areas of southern California had sunk, submerging the once densely built-up coastal areas under the sea. Mount Fuji had erupted, causing much of Japan to sink and triggering a chain of earthquakes and eruptions all around the Pacific 'Ring of Fire', including the West Coast of America right up into Alaska.

By the end of two weeks, television and radio were now telling everyone that "the worst is over". As Dr Snow, still under hypnosis, recounted: "The water is receding slowly and we'll just have to adjust to the new situation. The Federal Government is already setting up temporary relocation centers farther inland and everyone is talking of rebuilding. A lot of cropland has been permanently lost however, not to mention so much of the Southern California coastline."

Moving forward a couple of months, he reports that there followed in Southern California a far more devastating earthquake than the previous one: "It accelerated the sinking of major areas along the West Coast so that the coastline moved up to within a couple of hundred miles of Phoenix Arizona, and only the mountain areas remained above water all the way up to Oregon. In the south, the Gulf of Mexico surged inward over Texas; our part of Arizona was more or less cut off to both the east and west by water."

Moving yet further ahead in time, Dr Snow continues: "At first everything appeared totally black around me. Then I realized that the sky was completely dark now. The weather had also worsened as tons of dust and volcanic ash were thrown into the atmosphere by this second series of eruptions. Although the worst occurred during the first few weeks of havoc, the Sun simply did not return. Most green vegetation in a wide belt of the temperate zone withered and died."

['Mass Dreams of the Future', by Chet B. Snow and Helen Wambach - Deep Forest Press, Crest Park, CA - 1993]

One must bear in mind when considering such predictions, that all timings and sequences of future events can never be entirely accurate, as projection forward in time can only be made up of potential future. In all evolutionary progress, a sequence of real-life "cause-and-effect" events must always first of all take place, constantly being subjected to the changing modifications of individual "free will". Although a fairly accurate view projected forward is possible from higher planes, Humanity's inherent gift of "free will" causes unexpected modifications in any future sequence of events. Also, any future direction these take is always subject to the total progress of Humanity's "Collective Consciousness" during that period. This explains why we our now being informed by "Higher Sources" that much of the severity of the previously predicted "Earth Changes" has since been greatly modified, thanks to the fairly rapid spiritual and evolutionary progress of Humanity in recent years.

And now, approaching predictions of future Earth Changes from a totally different source, there have been since World War II an enormous quantity of channeled communications from Higher Spiritual Realms on the coming Earth Changes. A few selected examples follow:

The Master Hilarion, an Ascended Member of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy:

"The cities will become piles of rubble. The beautiful woodland scenes will be flattened by the might of terrible storms. Great earthquakes will rip the mantle of the Planet apart in a patchwork of destruction never before seen on the Planet in the entire History of the Race.

"Continents sunk thousands of years ago will rear up out of the ocean to show man that his civilization is not the first, and that this is not the first time that his efforts have been crushed by catastrophe.

"The atmospheric storms, which will roar across the surface, will tear down forests of trees at a single swipe, and raise water out of the natural reservoirs of lake and ocean to spread destruction and inundation far inland from the shore. Nothing will remain of the once-vaunted civilization that men have built for themselves.

"During the last portion of the Tribulation, the light of the Sun and the Moon will be shrouded out completely for long periods, and the very air that is breathed will turn to a foul miasma in the lungs."

[HILARION, channeled by Maurice B. Cooke in "The Nature of Reality". Published 1979. Marcus Books, Bradford , Ontario, Canada]

The Master Jesus-Sananda:

"And there shall be a mighty earthquake and it shall split in twain the country of North America, and it shall be as nothing the World has known before, for it shall be that there shall be a great part of the Great Land of the North Continent go down, and a great sea shall form within her center part from Canada into the Gulf of Mexico.

"And the waters of the Mediterranean shall wash over the land to the North, unto the Polar Zone, and it shall return unto its place, and the Black Sea and the Mediterranean shall become one sea. And there shall be great changes within the borders of Asia.

"Africa shall be changed - her shoreline shall be broken to the West, and great rivers shall flow within the desert.

"Ye have been told time and time again that the Earth shall shift upon her axis, and so shall she. There shall be a change of climate. That which is now the barren North shall become semi-tropical. Trees shall bear semi-tropical fruit and the fauna shall be that of a new species. And that which is the impassable barrier of the South Pole shall be penetrated and Man shall discover a new continent within."

[JESUS-SANANDA, channeled by Sister Thedra in 'The Prophecies From Other Planets Concerning Our Earth' - The Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona]

Brother Philip, of the Abbey of the Brotherhood of the Seven Rays in the Peruvian Andes near Lake Titicaca, gives us transcripts channeled from the 'Great White Brotherhood' in his book "Secret of the Andes". He quotes Sanat Kumara, a highly evolved Master from Venus who assumed the role of 'Planetary Logos of Earth' over 18 million years ago:

"And now we enter this great period of Initiation. The skies of Earth will become fantastic. I say verily that pen has not recorded nor voice uttered that which shall become a great sign and display in the skies of the Earth, for the Elements themselves will have control for a short period of time. There will be great rainstorms and floods. You have heard how it rained forty days and nights. That is nothing compared to what it will rain. Perhaps it would be forty months. The entire face of the Earth shall change. It will become unrecognizable.

"Very soon the winds shall howl, sooner than we can realize. It is already upon us, for I have witnessed it on the plane which is just above that of physical expression upon the Earth, and that means that if it descends one more plane it shall find reality."

[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in "Secret of the Andes" - Leaves of Grass Press, Novato, California.]

Another source of channeled information originates from the 7 Star Systems of the Pleiades. The Pleiadians are a planetary Race which has been closely connected with Earth and the Human Race since our early arrival on this Planet; they themselves come from the same Human evolutionary roots in distant pre-Earth times on other Planets. They have developed a prosperous and peaceful society within their own 7-Star System, and have always maintained a close watch over Earth's development down through the ages. In the book "The Pleiadian Workbook", channeled by Amorah Quan Yin, the 'Pleiadian Emissaries of Light', speaking through their spokesperson, Ra, give an important insight into the wider context of the coming Earth Changes:

"You and your Planet are undergoing a unique and wondrous transition in your spiritual evolution at this time. You are preparing for a quantum leap unlike any that has ever occurred before. In order to help you understand this more fully, I must first tell you about the orbit of the entire Galaxy around the Great Central Sun of All That Is. Just like your 'Solar Ring' (our term for a 'Solar System') orbits around the Galactic Center, the Galaxy itself moves through space in the form of continual, connecting circles, like a great Cosmic Spiral.

"At the completion point of a multi billion-year single circular orbit around the Great Central Sun, our Galaxy connects diagonally to the next 'Ring' on the Great Cosmic Spiral. When this diagonal move from one Ring of the Great Cosmic Spiral to the next takes place, all of the Planets, Solar Systems, and their inhabitants simultaneously take an 'Initiation' step into a new evolutionary cycle. This is occurring now. You are not only at the end of a 26,000-year Earth/Sun/Pleiadian cycle; the entire Pleiadian system, which includes this Solar ring, is at the end of a 230,000,000-year orbit around the Galactic Center, and the entire Galaxy is at the completion of its infinitely longer orbit around the Great Central Sun....

"Prior to the end of 2012, Earth will undergo a spiritual and physical house-cleaning, corresponding to what have commonly been called the 'Earth Changes'. These changes, which have already begun, intensify both externally and internally as your Solar Ring moves deeper into the Photon Band, a high-frequency Cosmic emanation from the Galactic Center. You have been in and out of the edges of this Photon Band for a few years now, and, not long after the start of the new Millenium, will be completely immersed in this Photonic Band for the next 2000 years.

"Floods, earthquakes, changes in land masses, volcanic eruptions, and finally a complete Pole Shift, will all take place within the following years, at which time the Galactic Solar Initiation of Earth, as a Mystery School and a new Home for the Cities of Light, will finally take place. You who now live on Earth must choose whether or not you are ready to become spiritually responsible Human Beings in order to remain on Earth beyond that time. Those who do not wish to remain on Earth will be taken to another Planet in a different part of the Galaxy where karmic lessons and Third-dimensional evolution will continue."

[Ra, spokesperson for the collective Pleiadians Emissaries of Light, channeled by Amorah Quan Yin, in "The Pleiadian Workbook", published 1996 by Bear & Company, Santa Fe, NM, USA.]

A more detailed background on the nature of the Photon Belt/Band is given to us from another Pleiadian Source, in this case by Satya, Astrologer, Keeper of the Records for the Pleiades and the Central Pleiadian Library of Alcyone. Alcyone not only is the Central Star of the Pleiadian Constellation, but also functions as the Great Central Star within this quadrant of the Milky-Way Galaxy for our own Solar System.

"Your own Sun is spinning as the "Eighth" Star of the 7-Star Pleiadian spiral, and the Pleiades are themselves spiraling within the Galaxy as the whole Galaxy spins on its axis. Your Solar System travels through the Photon Belt and when Earth precesses the Ages of Leo and Aquarius, and then you orbit through the "Galactic Night" during all the other zodiacal polarities of the Great Ages - Cancer/Capricorn, Gemini/Sagittarius, Taurus/Scorpio, Aries/Libra, and Pices/Virgo. At this time, you are moving into the Photon Band as you are leaving the Age of Pices and moving into the Age of Aquarius.

"Photon Bands are 7th-Dimensional "Donuts of Light" that emanate from the vertical axis of the Galactic Center. They spin around and around through the Galactic Center into the darkness of the Galactic Night. Galactic Centers [which is a central Galaxy vortex that appears as a "Black Hole"] are of 9th-Dimensional pure darkness, and yet, as they spin on their axes, the astounding power of their vortexes shoots out 9th-Dimensional Galactic Synchronization Beams. These Synchronization Beams spin out of the Black-Hole Galactic Centers, torqued by the Galactic axial spin. These beams, belts, axes, and horizontal planes with Black Hole vortexes in their centers are 8th-Dimension organizational systems of intelligence. In the Milky Way Galaxy, this 8th Dimensional brilliance is part of the Light that belongs to the Galactic Federation, holding the Galaxy in form by means of the "information-highway" of Photon Bands. All Stars existing permanently within the several Photon Bands generate spirals that capture other Stars, and these special "Photon Stars", such as Alcyone, then function as Galactic Federation Libraries.

"Your Sun is linked to the Pleiades by means of a spiral of Stellar Light radiating out from Alcyone. Star Light is 5th-Dimensional Light that moves out through the Stars of the Pleiades - out from Alcyone, through the Pleiadian Stars of Merope, Maya, Electra, Taygeta, Coele, and finally via Atlas to your Sun. Thus in your legends, Atlas holds Earth on His shoulders in space. Each Pleiadian Star, except Alcyone, which is located in the Photon Band eternally, travels through the 7th-Dimensional Photon Band for 2000 years of Earth time. Each Star in the system then travels through the Galactic Night for varying lengths of Earth time.

"The Stars close to Alcyone, such as Merope and Maya, are in the Photon Belt for more time than they are in the Galactic Night. Your Solar System spends the most time out in the Galactic Night - 11,000 years in the Dark and 2000 years in the Light. What does this mean? Various members of the Solar System become very dense while in the Galactic Night, and this generates experiences called "Karma" - emotional feelings in your 4th-Dimensional Astral Bodies at the Spiritual Plane level that seek expression and then translate as actions down on the Third Dimension physical worlds. Bodies traveling in the 7th-D Photon Bands become less dense, more multidimensional. As a result, their acquisition of the Photon Light cleanses their emotional bodies and intensifies vibrations in physical bodies.

"The 7th-Dimensional "donuts" of Photonic Light coming from the Galactic Center are information highways that stimulate the nature of "curiosity". The desire for "Union", for "Twinning", for new expressions of both sides of a Duality, derive from this passion of seeking. This seeking is what causes the rods of 7th-D Photonic Light to curl back on themselves to the Galactic Center, forming them into "donuts". The Galaxy would disintegrate into empty space without the nucleus of gravity in the Central vortex, from which pulses of Photonic Light then shoot out.

"See your own Solar System as a disk with the Sun in the center and all the Planets whirling around it. That disk is divided into twelve zones, the Twelve Great Ages of the Zodiac. As the Planets move through these Zodiacal Zones, you can locate where a Planet is in relationship to the Sun in these Zones with astronomical Ephemerides. For now, it is enough for you to know that Earth first entered the Photon Belt during the Spring Equinox of 1987 and has been steadily moving into it further - one week more each side of that entry point each year. The border of Photonic Light is currently inching across the disk of your Solar System. Earth was first in the Photon Belt from March 16 to 23 in 1987, then for three weeks in 1988. The Photonic slice in the Solar Disk increases by two weeks each year, and precisely half of your Solar System will be immersed when the Photon Belt reaches your Sun by the Winter Solstice 1998. Eventually Earth's entire orbital path will probably be engulfed in this tidal wave of Light some time after the Winter Solstice of 2012. Eventually, your whole Solar System will be totally in the Photon Band. During the next 2000 years, it will be travelling all the way through it."

[Satya, channeled through Barbara Hand Clow, in "The Pleiadian Agenda", published 1996 by Bear & Company, Santa Fe, NM, USA.]


Our forthcoming LIGHT BODY through Mary Mageau

Humanity is experiencing a great awakening as we currently enter this time of transformation. Many of us are searching for deeper meaning in our lives as we change jobs, end old relationships, begin new ones, relocate to new places and dream bold, creative new dreams. All around us we witness to the fact that ordinary people are now asking questions, demanding answers and requesting greater accountability from our governments, churches and large institutions that hold power over us. And what is the driving force behind these world wide events? This scenario for change that is occurring everywhere is being driven by the waves of Light that are continually bombarding our Solar System and the Earth plane. And in the near future all who choose to fully participate in the new raising of consciousness will be transmuted into higher dimensional bodies of Light

Within a 2,000 year period our Solar System passes through a band of extreme high energy. This band has been referred to as the Menasic Radiation or the Photon Belt. It is a period of intense "Light" that we have now entered and which will bring all life forms within it into a new and higher vibration. This Photon Light-energy has the capacity to lift all of life into a higher frequency dimension. It carries the seeds for the potential enlightenment of all Beings as the atomic structures within the very cells of our bodies, are tuning themselves to match the rising frequencies. We are shifting from a Third-dimensional carbon based body (that is, from one that matches the 3D vibratory rate and direction of atomic spin characterized by the electrons that make up carbon) to a Fifth or higher dimensional crystalline body (that is to one that matches the 5D atomic spin and frequency of crystal). So too the bodies of animals, plant life and all upon and within Earth are making this transition with us, as is our entire Galaxy.

Our Light Bodies are also being activated as these new energies recalibrate our dormant DNA strands that contain the blueprint of ourselves as Divine and fully Conscious Beings. Currently most of Humanity has only two functioning strands of DNA, intertwined into a double helix. This portion of our DNA structure contains information pertaining to our biology - such as our individual features and the genetic information passed on through our family lines, e.g.: a paternal grandfather's tendency toward arthritis, or a mother's genes for musical talent. These two strands also hold the genetic codes for our physical evolution. But there is another part of our DNA structure that has to do with the spiritual component of the Human Being, one that science has not presently considered. If one is persuaded that the Human Being consists of a Soul embedded within a biological body, then it should logically follow that the genetic links within each individual would also contain spiritual information. And if this is so what has become of it?

Many of these spiritual elements were deliberately turned off in our ancient history because there was a struggle to control this aspect of a Human Being. Very Dark-energy Extraterrestrial forces, who were also Genetic Engineers, desired to keep the development of Humankind firmly under their control. They achieved this through the use of genetic manipulation to produce fear and domination. This event occurred in Atlantis, over 13,000 years ago, when the Human DNA molecule was breached. When these Dark Forces unravelled and reprogrammed our DNA, they were able to shut down and isolate many of its strands and Human DNA was reduced to only a double helix. The disconnection of our original DNA manipulation resulted in a 'Veil' being placed between our five physical senses and our spiritual awareness. However there was a promise given from the Higher Realms. At some time in our future we would be allowed to develop again according to the Divine blueprint of the Original Plan. In the meantime Humanity had to undergo a long and painful period of spiritual development. Those guiding our spiritual heritage have sent Representatives to assist us to elevate our thoughts and desires, so as to grow spiritually and regain our lost abilities. These Advanced Souls include the Prophets, Jesus Christ, Muhammed, the Buddha, Archangel Michael and many others.

[Mary Mageau White (Sestriel)]

Chapter 4:
CLEANSING PLANET EARTH

Just as many of us may prefer to view our Planet as timelessly stable and unchanging, closing our minds to past and possible future disruptions, many also have a parallel view of Planet Earth as an inanimate object which we may exploit and abuse at our pleasure.

The 'Higher Wisdom' however gives us a view which is now gaining increasingly wide acceptance on Earth: that Mother Earth/Gaia is a living sentient Being, to whom we owe not just our respect, but the privilege of being permitted to reside and evolve upon Her surface.

Goddess Mother Earth, or Gaia, as she is also known, is a very High Being belonging to an earlier wave of Creative Light Beings. She is correctly referred to in the "female" as she has retained a certain predominantly female characteristic. Having already completed her own first Great Cycle of Evolution and returned to the Godhead in a past Great Universal Age, she was then given further 'Higher Service', a chance to become a "Planetary Being" through "ensouling" the body of Planet Earth. She was later given the assistance of a 'Planetary Logos', usually a highly evolved soul who maintains contact between all the evolving sentient lifeforms within and on the surface of a Planet and its ensouling Being. Up to now this has been the role of Lord Sanat Kumara, who was originally trained for this service on Planet Venus and to where he has now returned. It is he who has provided the vital link between Mother Earth and the Mineral, Plant, Animal and Human Kingdoms. However, at this time of the great Changes of Age, he himself will be shortly moving up to even higher service in another area of the Universe.

The Master ZEN TAO: "That Being whom you know as Mother Earth, the Goddess Gaia, is a very powerful Being, possessing profound wisdom and power. By the invocation of a single word she can transform the whole nature of her Being. Although she has released partial dominion on her surface to Humanity as Planetary Guardians of the mineral, plant and animal life so that Humanity may learn therefrom, ultimately Gaia controls the Planet and the nature of what manifests on its surface. Nature is her nature.

"This Planet is now approaching a time in its evolutionary cycle when it will change dramatically, rather like a snake throwing off its old skin. Every so many thousands of years, no matter whether Humanity is incarnated on Earth or not, this Planet goes through a metamorphic change as part of its natural cycle. As our physical bodies replace themselves every seven years, so does the Planet's body. This is essential for the Planet in order to preserve the creative, the reproductive nature of its Being. So at its appointed time the Planet goes through a cycle of transformation. This necessarily involves major movement of the Planet's landmasses, movement of the waters, and the restructuring of the matter of the Earth."

[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

We should recognise, however, that the need for a thorough cleansing of Planet Earth at this time is more than a matter of regular end-of-cycle procedure.

Planet Earth has up to now served as Host to many Souls of younger evolution and also of many more aggressive and destructive Souls from other parts of the Universe for a period of over twenty six million years. Earth is well-known within our Milky Way Galaxy as being a "School of Hard Lessons" for resolving all the aggressive and destructive tendencies that have arisen out of yet undeveloped emotional Heart-centers which yet lack the qualities of caring and love. Many throughout the Universe have chosen, whilst resting on the Higher Spiritual Planes between physical incarnations, to come here in order to work out their naturally aggressive and destructive tendencies. This they eventually achieve through the outworkings of the Law of Karma when living within a relatively harsh and backward physical World filled with conflict.

There are also many millions of young "Ascendant Souls", commencing out on their long evolutionary path of eventually becoming fully Conscious Human Beings, who have been placed on Planet Earth to learn their first elementary lessons after moving up from the Animal Kingdom. Here they have to first learn the social arts of containing conflict between themselves, developing their environment and creating a functioning economic system. And here they have their first chance to learn to discriminate between "Good" and "Evil", and over time develop a more fundamental respect for the "Sanctity of Life". By living through much painful conflict generated amongst themselves, they will gradually begin to see the advantages of not always resorting to pursuing their own self-interest at the expense of others and thus possibly harming them. They are forced to learn when life becomes particularly difficult, to overcome their initial natural reaction to kill and maim each other in order to get what they want, especially when these actions are rapidly turned back upon themselves by those they have attacked. The poor economic and environmental difficulties they often find themselves in are usually the result of their own inability to properly organize themselves socially and economically. Thus they soon need to become aware of developing, or to be instructed in, the social arts of politics and economics for their future well-being.

From the Higher Spiritual Planes there can be seen over Planet Earth a surrounding great black cloud of negative thought that has been developing over a long period within the Ethers surrounding Earth. This great cloud of black negativity is now at last being finally cleansed at this time of the "Ending" of a long Universal Age. This largely being done through Humanity at last now resolving and cleansing all of its past Karma. However, there still remains a major physical "Cleansing of the Planet" to be done to all the massive damage, pollution and detritus left on Earth's surface done by Humanity:

SANAT KUMARA: "Before the New Age can begin on Earth, our Planet will be rewarded for its years of service at the lowest level, by undergoing a thorough cleansing of its surface, removing and neutralizing our cumulative environmental damage and the dark cloud of accumulated negative thought which now surrounds us.

"The physical manifestation of this Great Cleansing will be precipitated by a tilting of the Earth's axis, resulting in the Planet being literally 'shaken up'. This will cause an expansion of her molecules to a more tenuous, less dense aggregation, thus allowing a higher vibration rate.

"The cause of the destruction that shall come upon the Earth is from Man's own thinking. And Nature's Elements! They are intelligent life! They are part of the Infinite One, and because they are part of the Infinite One they will not respond to Man's negative thinking any longer. And they will rebel, causing great tidal waves and great winds."

[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in "Secret of the Andes" - Leaves of Grass Press, NOVATO California]

The Master ZEN TAO: "The Mineral Kingdom is under the control of Humanity. Humanity influences the Mineral Kingdom by its own thought-forms, by its own patterns of behaviour. Humanity can, and must, co-operate with that Kingdom if it is to continue on its evolutionary path on the Planet Earth, but for so long has the Mineral Kingdom been abused and vandalized by Humanity in order to serve its own ends, no matter what the cost to the Mineral Kingdom, that this co-operation has broken down. It is because of this that Humanity now approaches a time of Planetary Transformation, when the minerals of the Planet will move, will vibrate to a different note. If Humanity does not change to that note, does not recognize it, then it will perish.

"So be aware that this moment of Rebirth is coming. The timing and the nature of the Changes are known only to the Creator. Whilst Humanity can, and will influence these Changes, it can not and will not prevent their happening. The test for Humanity lies in its acceptance of the Earth Changes as a natural and necessary happening, as an event which it has chosen to experience."

[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

Because Planet Earth has largely performed a role as a 'Sacrificial Host' to the less evolved and the more aggressive/destructive types of Humanity, she has suffered considerable physical abuse and pollution to her Planetary Body. Further evidence of Planet Earth's great sacrifice is offered in this beautiful testimony by the Angelic Being, ELOUAI:

"Greetings to you, my Beloveds. I am Elouai and I am a "Builder" of manifested Matter. I am not upon your Human line of evolution, but I am not one of what you call the Nature Forces. I stand with a company of others outside your Planet. I am not a space Being from another Planet. My home is within the higher dimensional vibrations of space. I want to communicate to you what we feel about your Earth and your work. My companions and I are among those who dwelt in space and were brought here long ages ago as companions of the Solar Logos who created this particular Solar System.

"We are the Builders within his Solar Realm. Every Planet that is formed is in a dynamic state of life and of growth, drawing to itself the substances of nourishment and releasing that which it cannot assimilate. Thus, there are those forms and manifestations of energy in creation which are the unused, unintegrated, unresolved and untransmuted results of the creative process.

"As in all Living Systems, until perfection and complete wholeness are achieved, there are in the Body of the Solar Logos, which is the Solar System and all its Planets on all their levels of being, those forces and energies which correspond to waste material. These must be transmuted and reintegrated into the cycle of life as raw material for future creativity. In the evolutionary movement forward through time, this residue which is left behind must be gathered up and purified, and then returned to the Creative Cycle; it cannot be allowed to accumulate or to express itself within the evolving body as centres of unintegrated and separate energies existing out of timing and out of place, hence becoming sources of evil.

"Please understand that for various reasons, Earth was set aside for the special task of being the 'Purifier' for your Solar System for a period of time. Hence, there were attracted to your World those elements which I have mentioned of unresolved, unintegrated matter, energy and life to be harnessed into the denser nature of material form. Left in their exposed state, these energies had the power to impact harmfully upon the sensitive fabric of the Solar Being and upon the other Planets and their life-forms, being like a toxin within the systems of your own bodies.

"However, by being encapsulated into dense matter within the body of Earth, their vibrations could be slowed down and shielded from the body of the whole until these energies could be purified and reintegrated harmoniously and in Love into the whole. As this was done, the Purifiers and Redeemers came to Earth as well as those who will yet be Purifiers and Redeemers in destinies yet unperceived and perhaps undreamed of by you. Earth became a schoolhouse in the experiences of confronting and resolving the challenges of primitive creativity and evolution.

"Your Planet became an arena for the interplay of the forces of Evolution on many levels and the forces of Non-integrated Life and Energy from many sources, some quite primitive and others more evolved, but all within a sidetrack of evolution that placed these energies outside the communion of the whole. Thus, Earth became analogous to a kidney in the body of the Solar System, regulating and transmuting the energies throughout the System, removing impurities and returning to the body of the whole only what is harmonious and integrated with the progressive evolution of the whole. Beings who had become tainted with energies of retrogressive evolution or devolution would come to Earth to be cleansed and reunited with the whole.

"In this fashion, your Planet has performed a tremendous service to all Lifestreams and all Planetary Systems within the Solar family, enabling them to continue their patterns of development with greater ease.

"No Planet or Being is asked to perform such a transmutative and sacrificial task endlessly, nor is it allowed to do so. The time must come when it takes up its own pattern of growth, new service and development. Now Earth seeks and is given Her redemption in a vast initiatory process occurring throughout the total body and life of the Solar Father. We who have associated with Earth since Her inception, now look upon this time as one of beauty without measure, joy without comparison.

"Those forms which still remain within unregenerated aspects of primitive and separative expression will be lovingly removed, with respect for their essential Divine nature, to other areas which have newly taken on the transmutative function. Now a vast work of purification is upon us to cleanse and beautify Earth as one would beautify and enrobe a bride before her marriage; in this fashion we greet Earth in Her time of great joy and accomplishment. This event seeks its expression through your hearts and minds and your dedication.

"Earth will always remain a place of special strength and contribution. Now she must progress with Her own evolution more rapidly than she could do if she remained within the service of transmutation. Because of this, you now see a great flood of population incarnating in order to take this opportunity for purification that they may maintain their link with Solar evolution; otherwise they must sleep the Long Sleep to be reawakened in a future time in a future land."

[ELOUAI, an Angelic Being channeled in "Links With Space", published 1970 by Findhorn Press, Findhorn, Forres, Scotland]

Those who continue to fear the possibility of the coming "Earth Changes", should perhaps consider whether in fact our present civilization, with its sprawling Human development and pollution across the surface, as well as with so much poverty and starvation and constant wars is in fact really so worthy of continuance. On higher levels, the Ascension of Humanity and the rejuvenation of Planet Earth, regarded as one of the most naturally beautiful Planets within our Galaxy, is in fact seen as a coming event of great joy.

SANAT KUMARA: "The Earth is a beautiful World, vastly more beautiful than some of its neighbours. I have always loved the Earth beyond all other creations, for I see within it a melody that has not yet escaped into the Ethers. I see it crying as one bound! But it shall not be deprived its Celestial Song much longer."

THE COUNCIL OF NINE (A high level circle of Great Beings whose role is to maintain the energy-balances within the Universe):

"May we explain to you that your Planet Earth is the most beautiful that exists in the Universe. It has a physical variety that no other Planet has. It has a varied climate that no other Planet has. In all the Universe there is no Planet in existence that has the physical characteristics of Planet Earth. It is the rarest of beauties, and it does attract Souls which, once they have come, would like to come back again.

"It is of a different nature from any other Planet. It has aspects of all the Planets: it is like a composite of the Universe, with all the positive and all the negative aspects, and all in between, and this is what attracts Souls. It has with it a gravitational pull that is different from other Planets, and because of this a Soul begins to feel – for the first time – a physicalness. Souls become adapted to their physical bodies, and they forget the freedom and pleasures they have without it... The Planet is a dense Planet, and it in turn then gives a different feeling to the body, but it is actually experienced within the Soul of the individual. It feels pain, it feels pleasure, it feels sorrow, it feels happiness. The physical body has different feelings than in all the other Planets and in all the other Souls that exist. In other Systems, other Galaxies, there are other physical Beings that do not have the density of this Planet. Here on Earth the Soul begins to feel in a different way than it had before, and it has the emotional feel of desire. It is pleasure and pain. Yet this has become very important for the evolutionary growth of the Planet, because it was originally the "Planet of Balance".

"The Earth was created to be a Paradise. When Souls achieve harmony it will become a Paradise again. But when we say a Paradise we speak of a Paradise of Creativity, one that brings knowledge, one that brings joy and Love; a Paradise in which people may heal themselves or may even experience pain, if they wish. It is not a Paradise where all challenge, all growth, or all pain will be removed. It will be a Paradise where people, through their own experience, may evolve their own understanding of their connection with the Universe, accept their own responsibility for themselves, for their fellows, for Planet Earth, and therefore for the Universe, and may bring all of that, including themselves, into perfection."

"This your Planet is a Planet of Balance , for you to learn to balance between the Physical and Spiritual Worlds. Planet Earth is the only one of its kind, the only Planet of total Free Choice/Free Will in the entire Universe, the only Planet created for the balancing of the spiritual with the physical, in other words, the creating of Paradise.

"Humanity has created corruption within, which came about because people became more involved in physicalness than in attempting to balance and understand. But now your Planet Earth is at a point where it may move out of balance quicker than at any other point. This is time for Humanity to begin to understand this, to live on this Planet of great beauty with a true balance of spiritual and physical, and to live in unity with the Creator. Your purpose is to live in true balance, in manifestation of Love, in connection with the Creator, in that which was created..."

"It is a Time of Awakening. It is a time to understand that within the self, people hold the key for bringing Planet Earth to its fulfillment; and that free will is never interfered with; and the destruction of Planet Earth is not necessary. This must be understood clearly, for the free will of Humankind can bring fulfillment to Planet Earth.

"Planet Earth is on the threshold of transformation. It is on the threshold of releasing Souls and Beings from bondage, so they may continue to elevate, and purify Planet Earth so the Universe may continue its path… When the Souls on Earth have finally recognized their reality and understood, they can then be released, and they can provide teachings and understandings for others in other Galaxies and Solar Systems in the Universe… It is a glorious time right now to live on your Planet Earth in physical form."

[The Council of Nine channeled by Tom - "The Only Planet of Choice" compiled by Phyllis V. Schlemmer & Palden Jenkins, published 1993 by Gateway Books, Wellow, BATH, Britain. ISBN 1 85860 004 9]


Chapter 5:
THE HIGHER PLAN

The Planetary Being known as Gaia/Mother Earth, having reached a certain point of major change in her development, now awaits her initiation to the Fifth Dimensional Plane. She is held back only by the slowness of her surface Humanity to raise its own vibration rate and consciousness and thereby undertake a joint 'Ascension'. The resolution of negative conflict between the various members of Humanity is still a matter in progress.

The Ascended Master, KUT HUMI (Koothumi), a member of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy:

"To understand why Earth is in its present turmoil, we must flash back in time to the great civilization of Atlantis. Oh Yes; Atlantis really existed! Not as a figment of science fiction, but as a tangible civilization in Earth's past history.

"Man's purpose in experiencing life anywhere in the Universe is to grow in evolutionary experience and to master each phase in his eternal life. And how do we master the Third-dimensional environment of Earth? First, by getting to truly 'know ourselves' - who we are, what we are, why we are here. Second, by learning to control all aspects of this environment. Third, by understanding Earth and its relationship to what lies beyond the Third-dimensional environment.

"In Atlantis, Man had advanced to a remarkable degree of control and understanding of this Third-dimensional environment, and was at a point where he could have led Earth and its inhabitants into the Fourth-dimensional experience of physical-spiritual growth. Instead, some who possessed advanced knowledge began to abuse and pervert this knowledge by enslaving other men, and by misusing their spiritual powers in various other ways. When this abuse of spiritual power became too widespread, it set into motion certain karmic forces which resulted in the eventual disintegration and destruction of the civilization. This destruction did not occur just in one giant cataclysm, as may be commonly supposed. Rather, it occurred as a process of decline that lasted over thousands of years.

"During this period of degeneration, the continent of Atlantis gradually broke apart and yielded its major portions to the Atlantic ocean. Over a period of time, the inhabitants of this once great civilization migrated to various parts of Earth, taking with them the remembered skills and technologies, resulting in the archeological wonders that fascinate us today. Modern archeology is for the most part at a loss to explain such evidences as still exist in Central and South America, in England and Egypt and elsewhere around Earth. Eventually the memory of the glorious civilization that once existed faded entirely, except in the awareness of the Adepts who possessed the Arcanum, and in the subconscious minds of former Atlanteans.

"What has all of this to do with the unfolding Divine Plan? Just this: Atlantis was not the only great civilization that has evolved on Earth. There have been others lost to antiquity, such as Lemuria. Each time that Mankind has advanced to the level of a Lemuria or an Atlantis, it has had within its reach the opportunity to raise Earth's level of consciousness to Fourth-Dimensional awareness and it has failed. Each failure was due to the misuse of spiritual powers.

"In the past, this could be condoned because there was still another chance. Now, however, we have reached a point in Earth's history and in Galactic evolution where the transition into Fourth and Fifth-Dimensional consciousness must be made.

"Man is now being made aware of certain galactic facts of universal, immortal life. As you know, our Solar System is a part of the Milky Way Galaxy. Our Solar System revolves around the Great Central Sun of the Milky Way Galaxy in an orbit that takes 206 million years, as you calculate time. Let us refer to this revolution of our Solar System around the Galaxy as the Great Cycle Orbit. Our Solar System was created over four and a half billion years ago. This corresponds to 22 Great Cycle Orbits of our Solar System around the Great Central Sun of the Galaxy. In the Will of Divine Mind, as communicated to the Spiritual Hierarchy of our Solar System, this completes the time cycle in which our entire Solar System is to remain in its present state of evolution. As the new Aquarian Age dawns, we begin to move into a new orbit around the Great Central Sun, and to eventually move into a new vibration where no expression below the Fifth Dimension can continue to exist on Earth.

"Man first began to experience life in our Solar System 206 million years ago, at the beginning of the present Great Cycle Orbit. The Divine Plan is for all Human life within our Solar System to achieve at least the awareness of Cosmic Consciousness by the end of this orbit, which is reaching its conclusion now with the end of the Piscean Age. This means that Man of Earth must immediately become aware of what Cosmic Consciousness is and take the necessary steps to raise his individual level of consciousness to that state of awareness. Failure to do so will result in temporary self destruction! Man of Earth, in his present state, simply cannot tolerate the new incoming higher vibration.

"Within this Great Cycle Orbit, there have been a number of lesser cycles. When the Atlantean civilization failed to reach its development potential, this left only the 26,000 year cycle of the Zodiac to complete the Plan. As the present Piscean Age draws to a close, this 26,000 year cycle, concurrently with the Great Cycle Orbit, comes to an end.

"At this moment, Planet Earth is the only Planet in our Solar System where Man has not yet reached the Cosmic level of awareness. This level of consciousness must now be rapidly attained in order to fulfill the Divine Plan."

[The Ascended Master KUT HUMI, channeled by Joseph Whitfield in 'The Treasure of El Dorado', published 1977 by Treasure Publications, Roanoke, Virginia, USA. ISBN 0-912119-02-0. ]
[Kuthumi is Earth Chohan (Director) of the Second Ray of the Seven Rays of Service. The Second Ray is the Yellow Ray of Intellect and Science, concerned with Mind and Intelligence in the intellectual understanding of Divine Laws. His previous Earth incarnations were as: Aristotle; John the Beloved; Lao-Tze (China, 6th century B.C.); Theodosius (Emperor of Rome, 4th Century A.D.); St. Columba (known as the Apostle of Caledonia, who helped to convert Scotland to Christianity, 5th century A.D.); St. Francis of Assisi (Italy 12-13th century A.D., founder of the Franciscan Order) and Leonardo da Vinci (Italian painter, sculptor, architect, engineer and scientist, 15-16th century A.D.]


More former Earth Change Prophesies: Although most of these were made well over twenty years ago and at that time represented only a future potential, we continue to include them as some may yet become a future reality.

The Master SANAT KUMARA:

"Our entire Solar System is now coming into the Great Initiation....The Earth shall be surrounded by a golden corona. It is stepping into a higher rate of vibration. You are going from a Third Density, through the Fourth to a Fifth Density world. This must necessarily take place as you pass through the heart of the great 'Cosmic Cloud' [Photon Belt]. And then shall the prophecies, as recorded by Joel and many of the others come true; when the Sun shall turn blood red and the Moon shall be red as the ruby, and the day shall be gone and it shall be dark upon the Earth for a period of two weeks. There shall be much confusion. And the oxygen will be reduced upon the Earth for a short period, followed by periods of great moisture, baking heat and parched areas alternating with great moisture. Almost everything upon the face of the Earth will be destroyed.

"We are now on the border of this Great Initiation, we are heading closer and closer to its centre and fulfilment. That is why Christ returns to the Earth: because always the great Master of a Solar System incarnates and gives aid to the Planet which is lowest in progression in that System.

"Yes, those who say catastrophe comes are true; they speak with truth; but the Earth will not end. It shall become new, as it is written. It does not say the world will end. It says there shall be a New Heaven and a New Earth; not a new Earth through the destruction of the old, but a new Earth - the old made new."

[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in Secret of the Andes - Leaves of Grass Press, Novato, California]

The incarnation of the Master SANANDA as Jesus of Palestine marked a two-thousand year lead up to the Biblical 'Final Day of Judgment' and the 'Second Coming of The Christ'. Jesus-SANANDA presently holds Office for the Earth planes as World Teacher. Here is part of his 'Second Coming Announcement' , channeled by Nada-Yolanda on August 17th 1966. Nada during her life channeled the Spiritual Hierarchy as the Founder of the Mark-Age Center, now situated at Elk Valley, Northeastern Tennessee.

"I speak in the name of Jesus, Lord of this World and of all which concerns this Earth sphere. I am he who is known as the Christ, and through this Channel announce my coming unto Earth once more. It is my intention that all who know and believe in this shall see and shall welcome it in the flesh. I have not come again before this present time, for Man was not ready to receive his Lord...

"Our Lord and Master of this Universe, known as Lord Michael [Christ Michael, Sovereign of our Local Universe of Nebadon], and he who is my Master Teacher, Lord Maitreya, are conversant with and in command over all Universal Laws and Material Laws physical to those particular Dimensions...

"You have been alerted to these days and these times in the last two thousand years, since the resurrection of my body and my personality. In that time and in that consequence I never have ceased to work continuously in the efforts to bring forth this Second-Coming announcement. In the days ahead we prepare all for it; one here and another there, many, crying out the word and the announcement...

"I now enact the role given unto me throughout the Ages: to be your Way-shower, to be your Prince, to be the Lord of the World and all that involves the Earth Planet..."

[Channeled by Nada-Yolanda in "MAPP* to Aquarius: Mark Age Period & Program" - Mark-Age, Inc., P.O. Box 10, Pioneer, Tennessee 37847, USA]

Planet Earth is destined, following the "Great Ascension Event" of the 21st of December 2012, also the start of Aquarian 'New Age', to commence its initial step up in vibration levels to the Fourth Dimension. At that time, the great Spiritual Being ensouling our Planet, Gaia will Ascend up to the Fifth Dimension, along with many other Earth's inhabitants that are ready to Ascend up to this higher Dimension. However the vast majority of Earth Humans will need to experience a possible further 1300 years at least on the Fourth Dimension, which they will do on a totally cleansed and reformulated 4D New Earth. The existing Fourth Dimension Earth, which we know as the "Heavenly Realms" or "The Summerlands", a beautiful world of Peace, Love and enhanced 4D surroundings which most of us go up to after our 3D "Death Experience", will be itself moving up at the Ascension time to the Fifth Dimension. Likewise, the existing 5th Dimension Earth will similarly be stepping up to the Sixth Dimension, and the existing Sixth Dimensional Earth up to the Seventh Dimension.

Following the initial Ascension Event (21 December 2012) of those who are ready to move up to the Fifth Dimension, our existing 3D World will soon be untertaking its final "Cleansing & Earth Changes", which could take the Galactic Federation Teams and Earth Lightworker volunteers up to four years to complete. During this period, most of Humanity (other than the Lightworkers already taken up to the Motherships) may well go into "Stasis" (a form of suspended animation), from which they will finally wake up within the same apparent calendar period in an experience of "No Time", to a thoroughly cleansed and refreshed and beautiful Fourth Dimensional New Earth. Once within the 4th Dimension they shall regain their original full "Spiritual Consciousness", able to once again communicate with our neighbouring Planets and other Higher Spiritual Worlds.

As the Master RAMALA outlined in the early 1990s: "The great Beings who govern matter through their knowledge of Infinite Law are trying to quicken the vibration of the Earth, to bring into operation a quicker and a higher frequency. In so doing there is what appears to Man to be confusion and disruption, for he is held between the sluggishness of his own body, caused by his past behaviour, and the attempt by the Lords of the Planet to bring him into a higher frequency of consciousness.

"These Great Beings are intervening so that Man shall not be destroyed, for within his body there is the great atomic structure of the Cosmos, and in his sluggishness, when that moment arrives, and it will, when the Earth uprights on its axis, if this outer quickening had not been put into motion, then the atomic structure of which Man is built would explode, because the force of the uprighting will bring into operation a great atomic expansion of the Planet.

"I will not go into the molecular structure and describe the behaviour of the atoms at that moment of change, but due to changes in pressure there will be a great transformation of the Earth's structure. There could be great devastation all over the Earth. It has, of course, happened before. You may read in the literature of ancient Man, and in the Bible, of similar occurrences.

"The cataclysm, which you would call a catastrophe, is really not a catastrophe: it is a step forward in the evolution of the Earth. Remember, that to die is not a finality, and that those who do die in the cataclysm to come will experience an increase in their consciousness, for in that moment of death they will learn.

"To you, perhaps, the concept of Armageddon is frightening. It signifies the release of energies beyond the control of Humanity, but if Humanity did but know it, it rarely controls its own environment. Because of its great intellectual progress Humanity has been led into believing that it is the master of its fate, that it is the master of the physical World, that Humanity alone decides the path on which it walks. But those of you who are aware of the God in all things, who recognize that the Divine Plan alone manifests on this Earth, know in your heart that the Cycle which is now beginning was planned aeons of time ago. It has been seen on other levels and has been prophesied by many Beings. It is a necessary path of evolution for this Earth. You are here, therefore, as witnesses to that path of evolution. Within your innermost Being is the knowledge of what is to come. It may not be with you on a conscious level, on a level which you can pull down into everyday physical reality, but within your heart is the knowledge of what is to come and the part that you must play in it."

[The Master RAMALA, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

Chapter 6:
TIME FOR CHOICE

The 'Day of Judgment' is traditionally a time at the end of a particular phase of planetary evolution when an assessment of each and every Soul's attainment is made to determine those who are able to join the move up to a higher plane, and those who must start again elsewhere at the beginning of that phase in order to re-attempt the lessons they have failed to master.

There are practical reasons for this assessment. Those whose vibration rates are below a certain level, reflecting a lack of evolutionary progress, will not be able to make the transition to the higher vibrational dimensions; they would find the intense vibrational light-energy of the Higher Spheres too painful. They would also no longer have the opportunity to express the many lower instincts and emotions which they have not as yet fully mastered, nor would they feel at all at home in such an elevated world of refined sensibilities.

All the Masters and Guides communicating at this time therefore stress the present urgency for us to resolve all our past hates and hurts as soon as possible. This we must do whilst we still have the opportunity left within the remaining testing environment of the dense Earth physical plane. This dense physical plane will soon no longer be a part of Planet Earth, and it is only at this very basic level that we can make rapid progress in resolving and transmuting past karma. By contrast, when we reside on the higher spiritual planes, we live in such a relatively perfect and peaceful environment that many of the more backward characteristics within our Soul do not surface or show up, making it much more difficult to reform or resolve them. If on the other hand, we do manage to tackle and master those tests we set ourselves down on Earth within the short time-frame left before the Earth Changes, we shall have thus made one of the greatest advances in our millions of years of our evolutionary development.

For those whose destiny unfortunately hangs in the balance, between Ascension and starting over again on the bottom rung of the ladder of Evolution, an eleventh-hour special effort to reform our inherent faults may yet turn the scales. This time of Tribulation is the traditional 'Dividing of the Ways', the 'sorting of the wheat from the chaff'. Especially on this Planet, endowed as we are with a full expression of free will, every individual has the opportunity to make those significant choices moment by moment. Indeed in this present period of final resolution, the many opportunities will be multiplied and magnified by the increased Light-force energies now being beamed down to Earth by the Spiritual Hierarchy.

The Master HILARION, an Ascended Master from Planet Earth and a member of Earth's Planetary Hierarchy, made this comment some time past on the 'Tribulation' and the opportunities for Mankind:

"The Tribulation that has been planned for many thousands of years is descending upon the Earth. It will be recognized early by some who have remained aware of the Higher Truths, but most will fail to see that the Last Days are upon them until near the end of the time of trial.

"We have previously spoken of the arrangement for Humanity by which rebirth and karma were to allow individual Souls to learn the main spiritual lessons and to settle the debts incurred when that learning process led to the harming of others. It was thought at first that this great Plan would permit virtually all of Mankind to achieve the basic goal, which was to escape by its own efforts from the wheel of rebirth and the karmic necessity.

"But this hope was not realized. The temptation of Man's own base nature and the whisperings of the forces dedicated to his destruction proved, again and again, too strong for many Souls whose resolve and whose spiritual sight were not sufficiently developed.

"For this reason a New Plan was devised in order to allow for all those whose steps had faltered, a final chance to gain the goal that had been set for Man. This Plan was laid some twelve thousand years before the present, at about the time that the great continent of Atlantis sank to its final destruction beneath the waves of the Atlantic Ocean. All of the details of the New Plan were carefully worked out at its inception and have not been changed in any important degree since that time.

"One of the most important components of the 'Tribulation' was the necessity that all those who appeared unlikely to have reached the required level by the end of the rebirth arrangement were to be given the chance to make the right choice during the period in question. At the inception of the plan for the Tribulation, it was not known and could not be foreseen exactly how many Souls this necessity would apply to. But as the millennia passed and the time draws near, it became clear that a number in excess of four billion Souls would require this last desperate chance to succeed where before they had failed.

"Prior to the passage of the Earth through the 'Cloud' [the Photon Band] in space, a sign will appear in the sky, to indicate to those who have realized the truth, that the Last Days have come. This is the sign of the Son of Man spoken of in the Scriptures. Those who fail to understand and heed the meaning of the signs in the Heavens will not be able to escape the final, dreadful weeks and months of the Tribulation by a subsequent change of heart. All of those who earnestly and with the whole heart change their old sinful ways and take up the cross of service and dedication to their fellow Man will become entitled to what the Scriptures call the 'Rapture'.

"The Rapture is essentially an escape from the horrors of the Tribulation, to a place of safety where those who have assembled there can work and learn in order to prepare themselves for the great task of reconstruction which will begin literally minutes after the Day of Wrath has terminated."

[The Master HILARION, channeled by Maurice B. Cooke in "The Nature of Reality". First published 1979. Marcus Books, Bradford, Ontario, Canada ]

This theme was also commented upon in the recent past by the Master EFI of Mars:

"Now for this day are they being prepared, when each and every one shall be put into another place, that which is prepared for them. Some shall be freed from all darkness; these shall be free to go and come throughout the Galaxy, and they shall know no barrier. Others shall be put into a place wherein they shall till the soil with their bare hands; they shall have no implements, they shall have no tools, no machines. They shall have no memory of their past, of their science or of their fortune of the past. Such shall be the destiny of them which betray themselves."

[The Master EFI of Mars, channeled by Sister Thedra in "Prophecies for Tiahunaco" -The Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona, USA ]

Those who fail to reach a point of being able to Ascend to a higher plane at this "End Cycle " of Resolution and Self-judgment, will themselves recognise the need to start over again on another Third-Dimensional Planet in some other Solar System which will still have facilities for such living. Particularly heartless and destructive Souls may even find that their Soul/Spirit requires a return to a yet lower level, to start again in a Second-Dimensional world within the Mineral Kingdom. This is not a punishment, it is simply an objective reflection by your Higher Spirit/Soul of the fact that your lower personality-self would not be able to function at the new higher vibration rates. These Souls would find that they need once again to start over again and learn to become less ego-centered, to rise above the narrow view of self-interest and the unbalance of taking from others of that which has not been earned or is rightfully theirs. They have to learn to keep a karmaic balance by giving the same in return as they have received from others. Through keeping a proper balance between giving and receiving, they will come to learn all the joys of living in a peaceful and cooperative world, the great benefits derived from the respecting and caring for others, of learning to express unconditional love to all other life forms.

The CHRIST:
"Whatever form the healing of the Human world takes during these next few years, know that it is for the good of all. Do not be concerned with the fate of those who reject my Spirit. Their story is far from over. I am caring for each one in the manner of his or her greatest need. The Human world is in good hands. When you and much of Earth's present biological life have been sprinkled throughout the stars, and the oceans have changed places with the land, after the poles have shifted and new mountains have come to look over the plains, then will the truly slow-learners be recalled from the Mineral Realms where they shall slumber, to learn of intelligence again, and to come again to choose between love and fear."

[The CHRIST, channeled by Ken Carey in "Vision" - Harper, San Francisco ]

The End Age time of Ascension is a Parting of the Ways. Those who choose to do so should make a personal assessment of their conduct towards others. The temptations of pursuing a course of exclusive self-interest have been magnified over the ages by the Forces of Darkness who have constantly wished to delay or prevent our spiritual progress.

The Master ZEN TAO: "It is inevitable, at such a critical time in the Earth's evolution, that the Forces of Darkness should be present just as much as the Forces of Light. The Forces of Darkness would like nothing better at this time than to subvert the path of the Aquarian Cycle, for this Cycle is destined to be the greatest Cycle in Humanity's evolutionary path.

"For every side or opinion that is present there will be another side or opinion to oppose it. This therefore requires that you exercise the great gift of discrimination. It is how you choose, and your motivation for choosing, that in essence represents the sorting of the 'wheat from the chaff'. There will be many who will follow the path of evil, but remember that you can walk to the gates of Hell and still turn back. You follow a path only for as long as you wish to. There will be much suffering in the World but no more than Humanity can bear and understand. Many, for instance, will not be touched by the plagues that are predicted to come."

Clearly one of the predicted 'Plagues' testing Humanity at this time is the disease now known as 'Aids'. It is almost unique in that, with few and rare exceptions, it can either be contracted or avoided by one's own 'conscious' action:

The Master ZEN TAO: "Aids is the first of the Seven Plagues from which Humanity will suffer. Now you must understand that the purpose of disease is not to punish: it is to bring about transformation. Disease is a great tool of evolution and all disease should be seen in this way. Aids, of course, is a disease which is usually transmitted sexually. The greatest disease of the Human Race today is its abuse of sexuality. With Aids, therefore, you have a disease which demands sexual responsibility. Aids can be likened to a genetic time bomb, because ultimately only the pure in body, mind and spirit will survive it.

"The sexual act should not be regarded as an act of self-centered pleasure, but rather as an act of Cosmic creation. If you live a life of sexual purity you will not be touched by Aids. If you are pure in body, mind and spirit you will not be touched by much of what is to walk the face of this Earth. This is indeed the beginning of the sorting of the 'wheat from the chaff'. It would be true to say that in the New Age it will only be the pure of spirit, the pure of mind and the pure of body that will inherit the Earth."

[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

It often seems at this present time that discipline in personal conduct is frowned upon. Yet it is perhaps now, as never before, that we should once again be guided by, and make every attempt to follow, the traditional old-fashioned ideals of 'Right Conduct', not only in treating our own bodies correctly, but of respecting the rights of others and the environment.

"And take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be so overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and that day comes upon you unawares. For as a snare shall it come on all them that dwell on the face of the whole Earth. Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that you may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man." Luke 21: 34-36

While 'surfeiting and drunkenness' are clearly to be avoided by those genuinely seeking to follow higher principles of conduct, there are more subtle ways in which we should seek self-improvement. In our 'civilized' world during recent times, the aggression used by those who are self-seekers has become subtler; but it remains aggression nonetheless:

The CHRIST: "Survival into the Third Millennium is reserved for the spiritually fit. The key to survival is not competition, but cooperation. Spiritual fitness is not aggression, it is fitting in with the purposes of the Earth and with the purposes of her Creator as these larger purposes blend in human exchange."

[The CHRIST, channeled by Ken Carey in "Vision" - Harper, San Francisco]

At this important time of self-examination, the Ascended Master St. GERMAIN, a member of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy, recommends the practice of meditation (or communing within yourself), through which one can develop a mental calm and an openness to communication from one's Higher Self:

"I would like to suggest that meditation is very important for you at this time. Meditation is how you will gain mastery, the self-mastery and the focus that is required to go into your next phase. Meditation is how you will create the space between your limited Ego-Self and your deeper expression. You will put a little bit of distance between you and the Ego so that your reactions will not be so automatic with regard to responding to negativity. All of you are experiencing much of the density of the Earth in your daily life. But, if you can meditate you will not feel the effect of it in the same way. You will have more of an overview, so that when those emanations or impressions come to you, you can choose consciously and wisely in each moment how to respond."

Meditation, however, is not necessarily something that requires a lot of intense training, or sitting for hours in the 'Lotus Position'. The Masters have stressed that there are over a thousand different 'paths' to meditation, and that one can just as easily 'meditate' by simply walking and thinking within the quiet surroundings of Nature. Essentially, one is looking 'inward' in order to contact the inner voice or Higher Self, wherein, it is said, all the wisdom of the Universe is available.

The Master SAINT GERMAIN also stresses the importance of forgiveness. The significance of forgiveness is that in forgiving an insult or an act of aggression, the momentum of the act is thereby nullified; when we fail to forgive we perpetuate the act through a continuing stream of vengeance, so its evil effects are 'passed on', propagated and nurtured. Through forgiveness the totality of evil in the world can be progressively diminished.

"By forgiveness you can avoid the creation of any more negativity. You can 'let the buck stop' where it is, instead of passing it on as so many have done for so long in this world.

"When someone expresses anger towards you, the tendency of the Ego is to respond in the same way. And even if your Ego is not at that moment responding in the same way to that particular person, perhaps it will await a perfect opportunity to respond that way to another, in an attempt to clear itself of these impressions. This is why the negativity on the Earth has become so dense. Humanity has continued to pass it around, to propagate it, so to speak. And the goal of Mastery is, of course, to master this. Master your own creations and emanations so that what comes through you is Love, so that what comes through you is that Divine Presence that you are. And that clarity which gives you wisdom to deal with situations, to defuse the reactionary elements of Human life."

[The Master St. GERMAIN, channeled by Eric Klein in "The Inner Door", Vol.2 - Oughten House Publications]

An underlying theme pervading all the warnings of the coming 'Day of Judgment' and the accompanying messages of counsel, emphasizes the need to seek a return to a balance and harmony in our lives, particularly in our relationships with other Humans, with animals, plants and the natural environment as a whole. We must also develop an intunement and sense of balance and harmony in the relationships between our 'two' Selves, our Earthly Self and our Higher Self. We have to live in a manner which causes no conflict with the 'ideal' as seen by our Higher Spiritual Self. This will help us to by-pass the 'Tribulations' to come.

The Master RAMALA: "If you yourself are living in balance and harmony, you can survive any physical challenge. Though you work in a room full of diseased people, you will not be touched by any disease. Though you are shot at by many guns, you will not be hit. Though you are thrown into the sea when a ship sinks and many drown, you will be saved. For those who live in peace, that is, obeying God's Natural Order, there is total protection. Those who follow God's Natural Order will find their own lives in order. For those who trust in their Creator, there can be no fear."

The Master P'TAAH of the Pleiades: "You see, Dear One, if you are not in fear of what is to come, and know that you live in a perfectly safe universe, it is merely to live constantly in the 'moment of joy'. To know that you will, of course, be safe, that you will survive. It is your reality. You create it. If you are living in an area, for instance, which may be subject to a very sudden Earth change, and you are living in joy, and not in fear, then on that day, Beloved, you will be away visiting your Mother. You see, it is you who create the reality."

[The Master P'TAAH of the Pleiades, channeled by Jani King in The P'taah Tapes: Transformation of the Species - Triad Publishers Pty. Ltd., Cairns, Queensland, Australia ]

Chapter 7:
THE FLYING SAUCER CONNECTION

Many unfamiliar with the predictions of Earth Changes may nonetheless be aware of the much reported UFO/'Flying Saucer' activity around Earth. Even though many Governments continue to cover-up and deny the existence of UFOs, opinion surveys report that in the USA over half the population believe they do exist, and over 10,000 UFO sightings are reported annually around other parts of the world. In addition, in recent decades over 10,000 "Crop Circles" of amazingly intricate designs have mysteriously appeared overnight in fields of cereal crops and been recorded on film.

All of this UFO activity has three main purposes. One is an on-going program by our Space Brothers of monitoring and taking action where necessary to preserve peace and stability within our Solar System. The second is related to the nuclear threat of the post World War II period. The third, and most important of their ongoing programs, relates to preparations for the Ascension of Humanity and the coming "Earth Changes" of the New Age.

Most of these interplanetary visitors are Members of a "Galactic Federation of Light" composed of the various Solar Systems within our own Milky Way Galaxy [also known as the Local Universe of Nebadon] that all follow the "Path of Light". These followers of the Light have been in constant opposition over millions of years with the "Anchara Alliance" within our Galaxy. They are followers of the "Path of Darkness", non-loving, negative and destructive Beings dedicated to dominating and controlling others for their own benefit of achieving dominant power. As a result there have been many major Galactic Wars between our Galactic Forces of Light and those of the opposing Forces of Darkness. Now that we are approaching the present Universal End-of-Age cycle this situation at last has to be brought to a stop, as we are all being required to step up to a higher Dimension and bring in a New Era of Galactic Peace. Many of the existing Forces of Darkness, having now begun to realise that they are in fact on the losing side of evolution, and are now starting to join up with the Galactic Forces of Light. They see this as their last chance of "Redemption", instead of being forced to start evolution all over again at the most primitive of levels. Thus membership of the Galactic Federation of Light has recently increased from 100,000 members to over a total of 200,000 participating worlds, most of them coming from the previously dark "Anchara Alliance".

Beyond our own Galaxy, there is also a large organization of worlds who follow the Path of Light, known as the "Intergalactic Union of Free Worlds". The function of this Organization is to coordinate and peacefully regulate affairs between the various Galaxies, Planets, and Solar Systems, and generally to uphold the Universal Law throughout those Galaxies. The Galactic Federation is locally represented within our own Solar System by a a local group called "The Interplanetary Federation of Planets". This local Solar System Interplanetary Council convenes on the Planet Saturn with Representatives drawn from the other inhabited planets of our Solar System. Up to now, Planet Earth has not up to now had its own native-born Third-dimensional Representative, and so until Earth has made its Ascension to the Fifth Dimension, Commander Monka of the Ashtar Space Command has been appointed on our behalf to represent us at their Council Meetings.

As a protective force for us during the Earth Changes and our Ascension, there is an enormous Fleet of interplanetary space craft within our Solar System on station known as the Ashtar Command. They are answerable directly to the Galactic Federation and to our own Earth Spiritual Hierarchy and are made up of a Fleet personnel of participants from many other Solar Systems within our Galaxy and Universe. The Ashtar Command's foremost responsibility is to protect us from any outside interference or intrusion by Alien spacecraft belonging to the remaining Forces of Darkness within our Galaxy. They will also have the further task of assisting the inhabitants of Earth when the great planetary "Changes" finally begin.

This great Interplanetary Fleet is composed of over 100,000 Mother Ships stationed within our Solar System along with millions of Cosmic personnel keeping a watch over us. They themselves mostly function on the Fifth-dimensional level and are therefore at present not visible to our physical Third-Dimension sight. This Force is led by Commander Ashtar, a highly evolved Soul who is well-known throughout the Universe as a staunch protector of freedom. He is described as having a strict and upright military bearing and is an important member of many Universal, Galactic and Intergalactic Councils. His own directly led personnel number about 20 million, and there are also over 4 million Space Beings working down on Earth's surface unobtrusively assisting us.

The Ashtar Command has its Headquarters on one of the large 'City' Motherships, the "Shan Chea/New Jerusalem". This Mothership is described as being over 100 miles/160km in diameter and 5 miles/8km high, with 12 major deck areas, with further Mezzanines each of 40ft/12m height. One of the middle deck areas is high enough to have its own artificial "sky" and miniature "Sun", with green countryside, lakes and gardens below for relaxation and recreational use. The Mothership is too large to approach us closely, as its great size could adversely affect the magnetic balance of Earth's orbit. This Ship, like the hundreds of other large Motherships (some of up to several thousands of miles in diameter) within the Ashtar Fleet, therefore has many smaller shuttle or "Scout Craft" on board which are able to approach us more closely or land. These are regularly used to monitor our surface and atmospheric conditions, correct geological imbalances such as potential earthquakes, or else be used, when and where necessary, to evacuate us during any major physical Earth disruptions. They can make themselves fully visible to our physical eyesight when needed by temporarily lowering their own vibration rate down to our own Third-dimensional level. Up to now, they have not been permitted to openly reveal themselves in large numers, as they do not want to overly "interefere" in our lives or cause mass panic. They have recently resolved to making any mass landings until Earth's own Governments (who themselves know of their existence) announce that they do in fact exist. Then they would joyfully make a "First Contact" Mass-landing, that is if we have not already been all taken up or put into "Stasis" as part of our Ascension Plan.

Commander ASHTAR gives us this 'overview' of the Ashtar Command and its work:

"There are millions of craft operating in this Solar System at all times and many, many of these belong to the Ashtar Command. Some are stationed far above your Planet and are more or less stationary for long periods of time, keeping track of the Earth on their monitoring systems. Others move about, discharging their various duties. We have small Scout Craft doing surveying activities and we have larger craft with extended range that are capable of operating in space and which visit Planets in other Solar Systems.

"We also have what you know as 'Motherships' or 'Mother Craft', with many smaller craft coming and going from the Mothership. There is thus a great deal of activity in what Earthlings think of as empty space.

"Our purpose is Service to Others, and we go where we are needed anywhere in this Sector of the Galaxy. Our Headquarters is on one of the largest of the Mother Craft, and orders and instructions come from this enormous Craft. It is a city in itself. Most of our people are natives of one or another of the Planets within this Solar System, but also we do have those working with us from other Solar Systems. Our workers do visit their Home Planets at various times on what you might call R&R vacations. Most of us have worked together for a very long time; we are a well-knit Confederation and feel that we are an effective one."

[Commander ASHTAR, channeled by Gladys Rodehaver and quoted in "Ashtar: A Tribute" - compiled by Tuella, Guardian Action Publications. The full text of "ASHTAR - A Tribute" can be read from the link at the end of Book II]

We also have to be aware, however, that not all 'Space Ships' making contact with Earth come as Representatives of the Galactic Federation of Light. Commander KORTON of the Ashtar Command, explains:

"There are those who do come, who are not from this Allegiance and who have no part in it. They come as observers and for their own ends. They are often highly scientific geniuses, and their material to their contacts can be highly impressive - indeed, almost always is. But they have come for the purpose of collecting data for their personal ends and not to give of themselves for the good of the Planet. These are not necessarily what you would call the "Dark Forces", which is yet of another deeper allegiance.

"Now the so-called "Dark Forces" (hitherto allowed as a Balancing and Duality-learning agent in our Galaxy/Local Universe) are those, albeit in very dimished numbers, who are still openly opposed to the Brotherhood of Light, its principles and standards and goals for Mankind and the Planet Earth. They would seize the Planet if that were possible, to control it for their own purposes, which would destroy the freedom of Man. Commander Ashtar has been one of the most staunch defenders of the freedom of Man and his inherent right to choose, to decide to fashion his own embodiment, without outside pressures put upon him.

"The bands of Renegades that patrol the terrestrial realms are immediately dispatched to their proper level when overtaken in trespassing activities within this Solar System. The Fleets of the Heavenly Commands are prompt to transport such intruders in masterly fashion."

As a further and important example of its work, the Galactic Federation has since the end of World War II been greatly concerned for the safety of Planet Earth, more so from our own internally created threats than an outside one. The development of Earth's experimentation and use of Nuclear/Hydrogen energy after World War II caused grave concern throughout the Galaxy. This nuclear danger was a major reason why our Planet began to experience so many UFO visitations during the early 1950s. The inhabitants of other Solar Systems were greatly concerned at this new and dangerous development by Planet Earth and came into our orbit to monitor results of our newly acquired destructive capability. If Planet Earth had destroyed itself, at one time a distinct possibility, it would have had grave repercussions not only on all the orbits of our neighboring Planets, but on all of the other nearby Solar Systems and even threatened the stability of the whole Galaxy.

The Galactic Federation was therefore called upon to counteract our numerous experimental Atomic and Hydrogen explosions, both underground and in the atmosphere, with special devices to restore the orbital stability of our planetary orbit. They were also particularly concerned at our use of the Hydrogen Bomb. They consider Hydrogen as a sacred and living Element, the destructive use of which could have set alight the Ethers of our entire Solar System, spreading to adjacent Solar Systems and possibly to the Ethers of a large part of the Galaxy. Already, as a result of our past experimental Atomic and Hydrogen explosions, Earth has experienced some minor deviations from her axis and is in constant danger of prematurely tilting her axis.

Space Commander ALIZANTIL:

"In the days when men were testing all their Nuclear devices in the atmosphere and oceans, underground and on the surface, throwing caution to the wild winds, throwing Nature into chaos, very few who walk the Earth-plane at this hour, and at this moment, would have lived to read this message, had the Brotherhood not acted without fear or hesitation, with no recognition for the work that was secretly accomplished. Know that billions of your atoms which were thrown into violent discord in the atmosphere around each of the points of explosion/repulsion, caused an activated build-up of great danger to your peoples, to your animals and plant life.

"From strategic places many small controlled devices (in the form of small remote-controlled discs and spheres) were dispatched upon their mission to the swirling clouds of discord billowing outwards as the atoms fought and jostled, each repelling the other in the great release of power uncontrolled by Man, whose folly exceeded all expectations.

"These small controlled implosion devices drew unto themselves the atoms now discordant to your System and to the harmony of Nature; drew them inward, as a magnet from the atmosphere around them, to the point of saturation, whence they were withdrawn and treated, then to be decontaminated."

[Space Commander Alizantil, channeled by Frank Howard in "Journey in Space with Alizantil" -The Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona, USA]

However it is only recently being confirmed from the Higher Sources that the need for the intense protection against the dangers both of Earth nuclear activity and from the "Forces of Darkness" is now greatly reduced, since both these dangers have now been substantially neutralized by our Space Brethren. Currently the main focus of spacecraft activity is on assisting and participating with us in Humanity's Ascension to the Fifth Dimension. From the end of the Second World War and up to twenty years ago, they were here mainly considered as a possible "Evacuation Force" if and when major surface changes commenced on Planet Earth. However, over thirty years ago the original Plan for a major Pole shift and total evacuation of Humanity for Planet Earth was changed. The Mass Consciousness of Man was now demanding to go through the Ascension process with full aware consciouness alongside Mother Earth travails. Nevertheless, they largely remained in that function in case of emergencies, as well as to lift off certain Lightworkers as well as larger quatities if and when needed during the various changeover processes. In this respect, several Commanders of the Ashtar Space Command have clarified the emergency lift-off procedure that would be needed in those areas affected (through channeling by Tuella):

Commander ANDROMEDA REX:

"A major evacuation could possibly come upon the Planet very suddenly. The flash of emergency events would be as the lightening that flashes in the sky. So sudden and so quick in its happening that it is over almost before you are aware of its presence. And so it could be if the events that warrant this action come to the Planet. It at this time is not possible to describe what these events might be, but it is possible to instill at this time into the hearts of Humanity the hope and the knowledge of our vigilance and emergency actions on their behalf.

"Our rescue ships will be able to come in close enough in the twinkling of an eye to set the lifting beams in operation in a moment. And all over the globe where events warrant it, this would be the method of evacuation. Mankind will be lifted, levitated shall we say, by the beams from our smaller ships, due to possible planetary turbulence at the time with only limited surface landings. These smaller craft would in turn transport the persons to the larger Motherships overhead, higher in the atmosphere, where there is ample space and quarters and supplies for millions of people.

"It has been explained to you in the past that there is a certain amount of preparedness necessary because of exposure to this powerful levitation beam which will be operating in these circumstances. The frequency of it will be higher than most of your known electrical Earthly exposures.

"Those of extreme density and extreme selfish dispositions, especially at the expense of others or causing suffering to others, would find great physical difficulty in surviving in the frequency of our lifting beams.

"This is why our messages have been broadcast to Mankind over the centuries to uplift his own emanations and vibrations to a status of Love and Selflessness so that in so doing, a compatibility of vibrational forcefields will make his rescue possible.

"Those who have lived closely aligned to the Father's Will in their lives and have let the Love of the Father flow through them, would have no problem with the frequency of the Evacuation Beam. For a high state of Love in the Human heart reacts upon the Human forcefield surrounding the physical form, giving it an electrical sheath of protection and a blending with the incoming vibrations between now and that time. Indeed, if enough Souls could experience perfect Love, there could very well be no need for a removal of Humanity.

"There is nothing to be feared in coming into our midst. We are Loving, normal persons, as yourselves, with the attitude of good neighbours and helpers in a time of crisis. We are prepared with clothing, and your foods, and the needs to which you have accustomed yourselves. We would not be guards, but friends, and you will enjoy your time with us.

"There could be a period of time to be spent with us, for your beautiful Earth must be healed in its cleansing, and given time to return to its true glory. Then those who have been lifted in the body will be returned to reconstruct a New World and a New Order of things. As you tarry with us, you will be given the opportunity to attend classes and training for the work which will need to be done. You will be given our constant help in doing this; our advice and our technology will be at the disposal of these Returning Ones. Many others who have been lifted through the natural transition of death will be returned in new bodies to participate in the new awakening.

"Those who could not participate in a lifting-off rescue will be transported, following their natural transition, to locations with a vibration and frequency equal to their own, where they may grow and learn at a pace slower than the new vibration of Planet Earth. For the Earth will be in an accelerated and very high frequency as it finds expression in the Aquarian Age."

[ANDROMEDA REX of the Ashtar Command, channeled by Tuella in "Project: World Evacuation" - Guardian Action Publications. The full text of the Ashtar Command "Project: World Evacuation" can be read or downloaded from the link at the end of Book II]

Also, on the same theme, another view, this time from Commander YEORGOS:

"We of Space have millions of Space Ships stationed in the skies above your Planet, ready to instantly lift you off at the first warning of a Planetary tilting on its axis. If this happens, we would have only a very short period of time in which to lift you from the surface before such as great tidal waves lashing your coastlines - possibly five miles or more high!

"Such tidal waves could unleash great earthquakes and volcanic eruptions and cause some of your continents to split and sink in places and cause others to rise.

"We are very experienced in the evacuation of populations of planets! This is nothing new for the Galactic Fleet! We could expect to complete the evacuation on Earth of the Souls of Light in fifteen minutes - even when they are of a tremendous number.

"We should rescue the Souls of Light first. On our great Galactic Computers we have stored every thought, every act you have done in this and previous lifetimes. At the first indication of the need to evacuate, our Computers would lock onto the location of the Souls of Light wherever they are at that instant!

"After the Souls of Light have been evacuated, then all the Children would be lifted off. Since children are not old enough to be accountable for their Earth actions, so they will all be evacuated to special Motherships to be cared for until they can be reunited with their Parents. There will be people specially trained to handle their trauma. Many may be put to sleep temporarily, to help them overcome their fear and anxiety. Our computers are so sophisticated - far beyond anything on Earth in this Age - and can locate Mothers and Fathers of children wherever they are and notify them of their safety. Make no mistake – your Children shall be lifted to safety during any evacuation.

"After the evacuation of the Children from the area in question, the invitation will be extended to all remaining Souls in that location to join us. However, this will be for many only a short time although there is no question of not having enough space on board the Ships for you. The atmosphere, by this time, could possibly be full of fire, flying debris, poisonous smoke, and because the magnetic field of your Planet may be disturbed, we might have to leave your atmosphere very quickly or we, along with our spacecraft, could perish.

"Therefore, he who steps into our Levitation Beams first will be lifted first. Any hesitation on your part would mean the end of your Third-dimensional existence you call the physical body.

"Which brings us to the most serious and difficult part of an evacuation: As mentioned earlier, Souls of Light have a higher vibration frequency than those who are more closely 'tied' to the Earth and its ways.

"Since our Levitation Beams, which will be lifting you off the surface of the Planet, are very close to the same thing as your electrical charges, those of low vibrational frequency may not be able to withstand the high frequency of the Levitation Beams without departing their Third-dimensional bodies. If this happens, then your Soul will be released to join our God, the Father. "In His House are many Mansions."

"If you do not decide to step into the Levitation Beams to be lifted up, you might be one of those who survive a cleansing of your area of the Planet for the New Golden Age. However, during this period of cleansing, there could be great changes in climate, changes in land-masses, as the Poles of the Planet may have a new orientation.

"The most important point for you to remember is this: Any show of fear lowers your frequency of vibration, thus making you less compatible with our Levitation Beams!! Therefore: Above all else, remain calm and do not panic. Know that you are in expert hands, hands which have extensive experience in evacuation of entire Planets! We cannot overemphasize this: remain calm! Relax! Do not panic when you step into our Levitation Beams. Above all else, maintain your faith!

"What is to happen to you if you survive the lift off? First you will be taxied to our 'Motherships' anchored high above the Planet where you will be taken care of during your great trauma. Some of you may need medical attention. Our expert Medical Staff will be there to treat you with our highly advanced medical equipment. You will be fed and housed until such time as transfer elsewhere is advisable.

"Some of you may be taken to cities on other Planets to be trained in our advanced technology before being returned to the Planet Earth to start the New Age.

"Your beautiful Planet Earth is destined to be the most beautiful Star in the Universe. A Planet of Light! Here, you will rejoin the remainder of the Universe in brotherly Love and fellowship with God the Father."

[Channeled through Glenda Stocks, 1994, in "Sipapu Odyssey", Phoenix Source Distributors , Las Vegas, Nevada]

Commander ALEVA of the Spaceship Rrmada, part of the Ashtar Space Command:

"All of you have been encoded. We have monitored many of you so that we would be familiar with your patterns and life styles to be of help where possible. We are sending our Love to you for we understand and know what you may be going through. Most of the coded Light Servers have already been temporarily brought aboard our Motherships in their sleep-state. When you finally arrive through our Lifting Beams, you will be awakened to this knowledge that you possess and then you will not feel so strange in these new surroundings.

"There will be changes in your lives as you all have Missions, and according to these Missions your training will continue so that you can carry them out with a minimum of adjustment. There are even facilities for your special pets. Yes, we care for pets just as you do. They are helping us to harmonize with all life forms and as you have discovered, I am sure, that harmonizing with nature is such a pleasure, and to attune to other life forms is so rewarding.

"There are many of us from distant Planets that have volunteered for this service, and I am sure you might be curious to know where we are all from. We volunteered to help those of you on the Earth plane in your time of crisis. We have studied to be able to communicate with you, studied your Earth life and hope to be of some help. Many of us have come from far distant Galaxies. As the word went out for volunteers, you would be astonished at the response. There were very few who, for reasons of family commitments and such, did not respond. Mostly all were anxious to be of service.

"You will not need any garments other than what we provide. We will probably not be able to give you much warning when the time comes for 'Beaming'. As you know, Love is the Key in the Beam and everywhere else, so keep it flowing."

[Commander ALEVA of The Ashtar Command, channeled by Shalie, May 1988, Cosmic Light Foundation, Snohomish, WA.]

A further viewpoint is given by Commander HATONN, [Later to be revealed as Christ Michael ATON] on the Pleiadian "Phoenix" Mothership within the Ashtar Command Fleet:

"Each one of your names is written down on the records held in our great data banks. Your Sectors are carefully assigned to certain Fleets and Commanders who oversee the needs of your Sector. We know you are there and exactly where you are. Each one of you will without fail receive definite instructions at the crisis moment so that you will know where to be at a given time. No one will be missed or overlooked, and your participation is sure. Units of families, separated in the possible exodus, will be brought together again on our Ships as soon as events make this possible. Do not harbour fear of any kind, but think only in an attitude of thankfulness to our Father.

"There will be some you know and whom you Love who will be remaining behind for reasons built into their own Being. You must release them into the hands of the Father, who will receive their Spiritual Being into His House where there are many Mansions. They will be escorted to a place their inner thoughts and life patterns have created for them, to begin again their upward spiral. You must accept that their personal choices have created their personal destiny.

"There will be a natural missing of accustomed environment, but a brief time with us will bring a forgetfulness, as you settle into the new routines and surrounding atmosphere. Our Ships are beautiful places to be, and the atmosphere within them is joy and love and concern for one another. There will be those of your own people, already trained to assist you in your adjustment to your new environment. We will have trained these beforehand for the work they are to do.

"You will recognize and know these Earth Teachers as special Representatives of our Mission, even before a crisis has come. Follow them and heed their instructions, that all may go smoothly for you at any time of great confusion.

"I am Hatonn, and I shall personally greet all of you when you are lifted into our midst to remain with us for a little while. When the area of your Planet has been healed, you will be returned to it and all of your needs for reconstruction will be given. Higher Intelligences shall walk with you to assist you in a speedy reclaiming of the Earth in Universal Love. I am grateful for your consideration of my words."

[HATONN, channeled by Tuella in "Project: World Evacuation" - Guardian Action Publications. The full text of the above book can be read from the link at the end of Book II.]

Chapter 8:
HOME ON A MOTHER SHIP

Welcome aboard! These will be the words, and this the spirit, which will greet those who have chosen to be 'beamed up' to the Motherships if and when there are great upheavals.

The first task of our Space Brothers will be to repair the mental and physical damage, to soothe and comfort those who are in shock, to reassure, and as a matter of practicality, to bring together those who have been separated.

Next comes the gentle process of healing, and of continually raising our vibration rates. Indeed these two processes work together, for as our vibratory rates are raised, so any injuries or imperfections in our bodies will heal themselves to their perfect Etheric pattern, though in a few cases specific treatments may be necessary. This means that all our old disabilities, the damaged foot from childhood, the results of an internal operation, the scars of an accident, the internal wounds of some past sorrow... all these will be healed, returning our bodies to their truly 'natural' state, their 'higher' perfect pattern as it exists on the Etheric level.

ANDROMEDA REX of the Ashtar Command: "Those beamed up in physical form will be accelerated and quickened within that physical form to a more spiritual essence within the body, into what has been termed 'Light Bodies'. The physical form will remain the same in appearance to most, but that higher blending of the Etheric with the Physical will bring about change, and eliminate sickness and physical disharmony among you."

Our 'Collective Being' must also be healed, and there will be time to review the past Akashic Records of our Planetary History, much as individuals review their own history on the Higher Planes following the process we know as physical 'death'. We will at this time have the opportunity to see the entire span of Human Evolution on Earth, learning in the process from our successes and our failures. We will see the wars and devastation, the slavery, the inhuman treatment of Man by fellow Man, the mass slaughter of animals. And we will be able to review the true damage done to our Planet's environment as we comprehend the full extent of Human pollution and the havoc wrought by nuclear explosions, and as we also view for the first time the dense 'black cloud of negative thought' which has surrounded our world in the past.

But we will also see through looking into the Akashic Records, all the positive aspect of the caring, the charity, the ideals of reform, the service, the good we have done to one another. And we will see "holographically" our former art, hear the music, watch the great theatrical dramas, 'tour' the historic gardens of great houses and castles of yesteryear. We will follow intrepid Explorers of yore into uncharted territory as they withstand extremes of climate and face great dangers in order to push forward the frontiers of Human knowledge. And we will be able to watch the past brainstorming of scientists as they explored the sky and stars, the phenomena of time and gravity, as they discovered and learnt to harness the power of electricity, as they developed methods of capturing music then broadcasted it on the airwaves or encapsulated it on magical silver discs, or as they invented and perfected tiny electronic chips with memories and calculating power far beyond our previous Human capacity. We will be watching on the viewing screens, in 3D "virtual reality", the entire History of our Planet: "This is Your Life" spanning over thirty million years!

There will be time, too, set aside for individual personal development, for learning new artistic and intellectual skills, for studying ourselves so that we may know ourselves better.

Nor will we be denied entertainment and enjoyment! We will share relaxation and games, drama and music with one another and with our Space Friends; we will enjoy the extensive recreational parks created within the Mother Ships in which to walk, relax and meditate. There will be no shortage of pleasurable activity.

Commander ALEVA of the Ashtar Command: "We have recreation areas, great Lecture Halls and we have school-type rooms where you will receive instruction in this new environment and new life style so that you will feel right at home in a very short time. We have entertainment and we have tried to gather foods that would please you."

There must also be site orientation of course; conducted tours around the Mother Ship which is to be 'home' for the time whilst Earth is being cleansed and replanted.

When we think of 'Spaceships' we will probably visualize their size as corresponding to perhaps one of our largest ocean-going Cruise Ships. The actual reality, when we come to confront it, will require a major effort of comprehension!

Tuella gives us her own personal description from one of her Astral-body visits up to the Command Mothership of the Intergalactic Fleet, the Shan Chea, Headquarters of the Ashtar Command, which even now stands ready to receive its Earth guests:

"Make no mistake about it, the Inns of Heaven are ready, awaiting their guests. Nothing is crowded in these self contained, phenomenally organized, incredibly spacious floating Etheric worlds. Seven of these great Pearly White Space Cities are at present [c.1987] said to be in readiness, which vary in size from ten miles in diameter to one of the larger ones which houses the Headquarters of Lord Jesus Sananda, Lord Ashtar and the Ashtar Command. It is over one hundred miles in diameter.

The Great Space Cities have twelve levels (in most cases) and it has occurred to me that you would enjoy a tour to inspect one of the largest, the Headquarters of The Ashtar Command. Approaching, we first see the underneath level One, which is the great entry and exit portal for trafficking craft. It consists of disembarking platforms, parking docks, garages for incoming visiting craft, maintenance departments, and storage areas for the thousands of small Scout Ships cleverly stacked one over the other.

The Second level might be termed a colossal Stockroom. This is the Quartermaster Deck, containing all manner of supplies and inventories for the varied needs of all levels. It is like a city of warehouses, but immaculately clean of course.

The Third level is as a vast home for Animals. It is the level set aside for animal husbandry and birdland. Every manner of creature from many worlds has a habitat here. It is rather a noisy level, but the air there is nevertheless pure and pleasant.

Above it, level Four is designated for Agricultural research. It is like a vast farmland of well kept vegetable and botanical gardens, fruit orchards and sample specimens brought on board from various worlds for reseeding on new worlds, and activity of that nature.

The Fifth level is a housing center for all those technicians and persons who serve on the four levels beneath.

Directly above Five, at Level Six is the breathtakingly beautiful Recreational level and lushly landscaped park areas, where a relaxing stroll is sheer joy. All manner of recreational activities are located here for access by all residents of all ages.

Strategically located, level Seven is the sprawling Medical Complex. Awesome in size, many information centers are needed to guide one. It contains all comprehensive patient facilities and quarters for all medical personnel. Dental care areas, biological research centers, and the Ship's laboratories; all elaborated with the finest technology Space has to offer.

The Eighth level is the housing prepared for Earth's visiting Lightworkers and Evacuees. It contains staterooms for individuals and apartments for families as far as the eye can see. These areas are dotted with countless joint dining areas, social halls, nursery care sections, laundry facilities and of course information offices. Gradually the ship's guests are introduced to the technologies of these various areas, an exciting experience.

Level Nine is their prized University Compound. The Halls of Wisdom: vast Libraries scattered everywhere, endless Concert Halls and cultural interests from throughout the Galaxy. Halls of Learning house classes with curricula for all ages. Very young children's classrooms are filled with individualized computer systems. Rooms are decorated with domed ceilings colorful in their display of planets and worlds as they progress across the pathless sky, each at a different pace. Elementary astronomy is taught to the very young and they quickly learn to identify and name the various planets and sections of the Universe. Vibrant vitality shines in their faces as they have conversations with their computers.

Musical talent blossoms in outer space because of the Music Rooms in the great Craft. There one can play upon an instrument, in a soundproof room, along with a full orchestration background on a wide choice of selections by merely pressing the correct buttons on a computer panel. Any category of music, with thousands of selections, is available at the fingertips of the lone but aspiring soloist.

On level Ten, these Innkeepers of the Galaxy, house their visiting dignitaries from all Dimensions, in special apartments. This tenth level is also primarily the living quarters for our Space Brothers, containing staterooms and apartments with multiple scattered conference rooms and beautiful sprawling dining and lounge areas.

The home area for the Ashtar Command Headquarters is located on level Eleven, also the Great Rotunda Meeting Hall. Summoned by a soft electronic tone in their quarters, Earth visitors are brought to this Great Hall for any necessary group gatherings. Its striking circular wall displays many tremendous viewing screens, where guests are permitted to view Cosmic panorama as well as their own world and things to come as well as things passed.

The Great Hall is also used for auspicious social occasions, like welcoming and meeting with visiting dignitaries or other festivities from any level. This level also houses the Viewing Room, Map Room and Soul-Panel Boards, and finally the enormous Command Communications Center, where all Earth contacts are precipitated or monitored, recorded, or whatever, as well as Inter-Command communication.

Level Twelve is the uppermost portion of the craft and is referred to as "The Dome". It is the officers' Observation Deck and Pilot Control Center. Earth visitors are permitted here in groups, by appointment. The total surrounding circumference is furnished with comfortable chairs for relaxing and observation. Question-and-answer sessions with Crew Members are a part of the experience there.

Directly down through the center of the great Mothership, all levels share a circular shaft or center core, which is a power reactor throughout the craft. However, one must remember that the activating source of power comes from the Universe itself, this is but its channel to proper sources. The power center core is roughly 200 feet or so in diameter. Its outer shell contains several primary elevators for inter-level transportation. A few larger elevators are restricted for Quartermaster and maintenance use. At each level, the power center is surrounded by a spacious lounge area, beautifully furnished and shared by all divisions of that level.

Generally speaking, the Mothership's furnishings are simple and sharp in design. White is the predominant color, contrasted with stirring tones of orange or reds or blues, and much yellow. The colors are all pure, not muddied or muted. In Earth terms, the decor would be described as ultra modern, with its gleaming use of a glass-like substance.

Commander Lord Ashtar once described Shan Chea as one of the largest of the Father's great orbiting cities that encircle this Solar System (with the exception of the Adromedan Mothership parked out of sight behind Planet Jupiter which itself is 3,000 miles in diameter). It orbits primarily this Planet (in the Etheric 3D Dimension) from 500 to 1500 miles away from Earth, varying this elevation from time to time. It remains fixed in certain holding patterns when circumstances require. It is one of the slower moving bodies because of its size and because of its monitoring of the overall area as well as its monitoring of Earth's inhabitants. It has been in orbit since long before the coming of the Christ Child. Its orbit is not given to any certain pathway for it goes wherever it is led by needs and situations. It is the Great White City upon which Commander Ashtar abides most of the time and from which he projects all of his Energies to our Solar System. Many times it does hover at the Portal of this Universe when great Inter-Universal Councils take place.

["On Earth Assignment" by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988. Full texts of two of the Ashtar Command Books through Tuella can be read from the Links at the end of Book II]

A further description of our possible arrival and familiarization with a Mothership is given by several other Members of the Ashtar Command:

SARNA: "Greetings in the Light of the Radiant One. I am Sarna, one that is in a Spaceship assigned to this channel…

"I will take you at this time, with your permission, on a mental voyage. First I would ask you that you mentally visualize a Scout-ship that has just landed in front of your dwelling place. Know that ours will be of an oval shape. As it is seated on either large balls or tripods, there is a stairway that automatically descends to your level. You are invited to enter. All of you are invited to enter.

"I stand at the top of the stairway and I greet each of you individually. You will notice that this particular room is semi-circular and there are comfortable seating arrangements for each of you. I invite you to sit. Now, if you will excuse me, as I have closed the door, I shall now take the controls.

"You will notice that the large screen panel that is before me is one that appears to have a computer-like system with varying monitors. Now, as you grow accustomed to where you are seated within the Scoutship, you become aware that your seat moves so that you may gaze out. Slowly our craft rises and you see the Earth as we leave it.

"Within this particular vessel, you feel no movement, but it would seem that the Earth is slipping away from you rather than you are leaving its ethers. Then, as you continue to gaze about, you see the night-time sky. One of you notices that we are heading towards a very bright light that contains a strong intensity, and indeed, the light grows brighter as we approach.

"As we get closer, you notice a form, a shape. It is much larger than you had anticipated it being… One of you might ask of this and I would assure you that this is one of the Motherships, if you would care to use that term. For this particular voyage of discovery we are taking you aboard this vessel.

"We dock in a portion underneath the Mothership. Slowly, again as I press the button, our stairway descends, and I ask that you would follow me out into the entry area. We then step upon what you would call a moving sidewalk. One of you notices immediately, the fragrance that is in the air. For indeed, the air is clear and clean, and there is a sweet fragrance to it in its purity.

"As we reach the end of this particular moving sidewalk the door slides open and we step into an entry foyer-like waiting area. It is in a pale color and has indirect lighting. And one of you is quite surprised to see that there is green foliage about.

"Here, I will leave you briefly, and another will continue some of your experiences aboard the Mothership."

Aleva: "Hello, I am Aleva. I am coming in my capacity of the Official Greeter, and I would greet each of you most humbly in the Light of the Radiant One. I would bid you welcome, for it is my joy and my pleasure to act as your official Hostess as you would go about the ship.

"But now, before you go any farther, I know you must be weary and you would be much more comfortable in some other more suitable clothing. So I would suggest to you that perhaps you might go to your designated rooms. There is no need to stand uncertain and be concerned – simply go in the direction that you feel is "right". Some of you will turn to the right and some to the left and continue until you see a certain inscription upon a door. A "knowing within" will tell you that this is your room. I would suggest that you would enter. Now, please set off on your visit, and I shall continue a telepathic description to you individually, even as you have entered your room.

"You will notice going down the corridors, that as you approach your room the door slides quietly open so that you might step into that which is your particular space. Some of you are quite surprised to see that you have a particular favorite green plant in your room, or perhaps there is your favorite chair. Of course this is a replica of that which you have had on Earth. For you see, we have monitored you quite closely and it is our desire that this space, this area you would call your own, would be an area that would be quite comfortable for you, so we have brought in various favorite articles for your convenience.

"Some of you notice that there is a clothes closet, that there are chairs, and you notice that your bed does not have legs, but rather it is a projection out from the wall. Now, may I suggest to you at this time that you exchange the garment that you have on for one of the one-piece jump suits, as you shall find this more comfortable. And yes, you will notice that you have a specific color for that which you wear.

"Now that you are about to change, if you would like to first freshen-up by washing your face, you might like to touch that large button over there on the wall and you will find that the necessary concealed fixtures will make themselves available to you. Once you have donned your particular suit, may I suggest to you that you recline upon your couch or your bed, whichever term you prefer to use. There now, I trust you now feel quite comfortable.

"Please do not be concerned that two persons will now ask permission to enter your room. They have come to assist you in balancing out and in attuning to the vibrational frequency of the ship. Yes, notice that they do not actually touch your body, but rather, they work through that which is your auric field. There now, you can already feel that they have discovered a particular area of your aura where there has been an unbalance within you, and they are now working to smooth out that unbalance.

"I can now sense that each of you is feeling much more comfortable, much more relaxed. No, these two Ones do not speak to you in words as you do, but your gratitude is conveyed to them through your thoughts. Perhaps you might choose to recline here for a few moments after they have completed the balancing process and just relish the delightful feeling that you have.

"Now, if you are ready, we would ask that you would again come into the Central Foyer that I might have the opportunity, indeed the privilege, of taking you on a tour of this particular vessel. Now, is everyone with us? Let me see. Yes, you are all here.

"We shall continue down this particular corridor, for I would welcome the opportunity to show you the portion of the ship that you would call the 'piloting area'. As we go past some of these doorways or some of these areas, you will notice that there is that which has the resemblance of great banks of computers. These are not computers in your terms of the word, but rather they are a storage system. This particular vessel is powered by crystalline energy and is guided in most ways by thought. These computer-like memory banks that you observe are for various activities that take place within the ship.

"Now, we have approached that which is the 'Command' section. As we step through the door, you will note that there are several individuals that are quite familiar to you. Indeed, some of you will be now having your own individual reunions with them…

"Again, you will note the large computer-like wall screens in this area. You will notice the energy patterns or waves that are being displayed. This is how we are able to know you, by your particular set of energy patterns. If I were to touch this particular switching device, you will notice that I do not actually touch it, but rather, I move my hand before it, and now our screen shows a combination of energy patterns that are melding into one specific pattern. This is a representation of who you are. Your individual patterns have now formed into one energy pattern that represents the group. You will note that there is now shown a particular ratio of various colors.

"That particular seat over there is one that is occupied only by the Lord Sananda, or else Commander Ashtar. There are no specific regulations regarding who can sit in it, it's just that the rest of us do not feel that we have evolved sufficiently to do so."

Commander Jon-Ton: "Greetings. May the peace of the Infinite One abide within you in all ways, manifesting the beauty that is that which is given through you.

"I do not usually communicate directly through Channelers on your Planet, but rather, I am one that is met here on the Star Ship by those Earth persons that come aboard in their sleep-state. My assignment here, if you will, is to 'run' the Star Ship, which is the 'moving world' known to you as the 'Star of Bethlehem'. It would be considered by you as a small-sized world, such as your Moon, though somewhat smaller. This Ship is used as the central focus of the many specific energies which are shared with the Earth plane. Often it is stationed invisibly near to your equator, but usually several hundred-thousands of miles above.

"Even as the other Commanders have specific assignments of concentration, my primary responsibility is to assure the safety and the secure management of the Ship. This is no easy task, I assure you! But it is one that brings to me a great challenge and sense of purpose. I cannot begin to give you specific numbers as to how many there are of us here. The numbers fluctuate according to the number of ships out on station and those that have returned to their Home Planets. However, you could say that at any one time there are at least several hundreds of thousands of ships.

"Many of the small Scout-ships stationed on this Mother Ship, more than one hundred and fifty thousand of them, are manned by from one, to two, three and up to five crew members. Of course, there is also room in each of them to hold more than twice that number if need be, such as in the event that the moment comes for you of Earth to leave quickly.

"Even as your World has many divisional responsibilities, this small world to which I am entrusted, is divided into one in which each person has specific duties or responsibilities, such as for the 'housekeeping' or cleanliness of our surroundings; others who provide food, ones who maintain the structure of the ship, ones who maintain the gardens and plant growth areas, as well as those who are responsible for our garments, housing and the environment.

"Those, for instance, who maintain the environment, are responsible for the quality of the air, its correct mixture for our well-being, the amount of light and its intensity, hue and color, and for the level of moisture available to us. They are entrusted with maintaining the in-ship environment that is most conducive to the well-being and upliftment of the Ship's inhabitants. To those of us from different Planetary spheres as well as Galaxies, we have found that there is a universal air mixture, but in the private quarters of each individual, an exact mixture is provided which is likened to their Home area. Thus there is always the opportunity to balance out. As you on Earth come to this Ship, these specialists will, and have learned, how to adjust to the total environment of your area, so as to achieve a minimum adjustment shock for each of you.

"Our Ship could be likened to a large city which is planned for the total benefit of its inhabitants. One aspect that you might find of interest, is the fact that we have no litter or refuse. We have the ability to recycle or reuse all that is with us. Thus we are self-sufficient and perpetuating. Families are also assigned to this Ship, so that we may have the experience of children or small ones coming forth to enrich our lives. In fact, we have a "Birthing chamber", even as we have a chamber for releasing ones who have achieved their highest development within this particular sphere.

"We have accepted this Assignment with great joy and anticipation. We are a movable world, which has the capacity to invite and accept many more…

"As you are aware, these Motherships are made by us through thought and application. This particular Ship does not itself have a consciousness, but it does have a sensitivity. Those that work most closely with her know of that sensitivity and how she expresses such. She does have the ability in some situations to repair herself, but she still must be patrolled by the Engineers who are responsible for her well-being.

"Should we be exposed to a small meteor bombardment, the Ship has the ability to seal any and all encroachments up to twenty feet in diameter that have escaped the Ship's repulsion beams. These would not necessitate the involvement of one of the Engineers. However, should there be damage greater than that diameter, then a crew of several Engineers from one of the Sectors would be dispatched to examine the damage and determine the method of repair. In these instances the engineers shoot crisscrossing threads across the damaged area. The Ship then has the ability to repair itself, using these filaments as the foundation for its own regeneration. Also recognize that there is a measure of elasticity to the Ship's covering material.

"We have also, at all times, a Crew on station in the 'Control' chamber. This area can be visualized as a dome above the major portion of the Ship. These ones do not usually need to themselves control the Ship, but rather leave this to instruments that are similar to your computers, except at those times when we must use 'conscious thought' to determine the navigational route. Even then, the information we require is held within the computers for us to determine which is the best route.

"Recognize that we travel much on what you would call 'Ley Lines', which are spread throughout the Cosmos. These energy lines go in all directions, so there is no limitation to our direction of travel. The only limitation we experience is one of needing to make a vibrational adjustment when we enter a Dimension of denseness greater than the one which we normally experience in our routine work. Even then, we are advised of the anticipated adjustment by our computer equipment. The 'thought' is then shared and received by all to make the necessary adjustment. The skin or covering of the Ship, if you will, is thickened to compensate for the additional stress placed upon it.

"Concerning the great distance we are in orbit from you. We could not be closer because to do so would set up a vibrational pull between your Earth, our Ship, and your Moon, to such an extent that it would be quite detrimental. It would destroy your Moon, or rather, destroy the attraction holding your Moon, causing it to spin off and disintegrate. It would also bring your Earth to rest attached to our Mother Ship or vice-versa! Such an arrangement would not be conducive to travel! This attached connection could also unfortunately destroy your Earth, should we ever needed at short notice to remove ourselves from your attachment and position within your Solar System.

"On board our Mother Ship, the growing process for our foods is one that is greatly different from yours on Earth. We do not have or need large fields of soil in which to plant seeds to produce food. Our diets are relatively simple, but suited to the background of each of us. Nutrients are produced in what you would consider to be a laboratory setting. Your hydroponics are quite similar. It has been determined that a greater yield for a longer period can be produced in this manner. We do not eat the flesh of others, but rather eat that which you would determine as fruits and vegetables, grains and seeds. Our intake of foods is not as great as yours, so it is not necessary to produce vast amounts of food.

"Those that prepare these 'Gifts of Nature' are ones who have a great Love and involvement with the act of preparation. To use your terms, they are quite creative. I believe you would like some of their recipes. We do not put in long hours of preparation, for much of what is consumed by us on a routine basis is consumed in its natural raw state. Perhaps, a liquid combining the nutrients and flavors of two or more foods might be made, but that is all. On those days which are feast days or special occasions, then there is a great activity in the area of food preparation.

"There are several of our largest Mother Ships stationed near to the Earth plane. We can come to within two thousand miles of your planet without immediate harm to you or us. We will do this in the event of a lift-off evacuation. We, aboard this particular craft, can easily hold most of the population of your North American Continent, although we would not in fact need to do this, since many of your Continent are also assigned to various other vessels for their debriefing and various assignments."

[Channeled through Tuieta in "Letters From Home, Vol. II", published in 1992 by Portals of Light, Inc., 1186E 700N, MARION, IN 46952.]

In this and similar Motherships there will be much work to be done. Those brought up to them will be looking forward to their ultimate return to a rejuvenated and cleansed Fourth Dimensional Planet Earth, with a new life ahead of them, but now there be time for training and preparation for the tasks ahead for co-creating with the help of the Galactic Federation Forces back down on the New Earth.

Chapter 9:
PLANNING A NEW WORLD

Those who have been lifted up for training and preparation to the large Motherships hovering high in our atmosphere, will be given ample time and all the necessary support needed to overcome the change of location. They will be welcomed as Honored Guests, and all the Spaceships' great wealth of facilities, for learning, recreation and relaxation as well as personal refreshment and reflection will be placed at their disposal. But they will also need to confront the challenge of a return to a cleansed and in some areas an unrecognizable Planet. The reality of this event will focus attention on the mundane need to formulate new social and commercial rules, to assist in the planning of future resources-use for urban living, agriculture and leisure.

Aware of the importance of this task, our Space Brothers will provide the opportunities and facilities on the Motherships for the necessary Planning Convocations.

The co-creation of a rejuvenated Earth on a Higher Dimension is an event of considerable importance even in Galactic terms, and we will be greatly assisted at these Planning Convocations with advice and encouragement from our Space Brothers and participating visitors from more developed Worlds throughout the Universe. But they would not dictate our future plans, only help and advise us, for if they did otherwise they would be inter-positioning themselves between us and our own Karma, which would be improper and a violation of Universal Law. We must all learn through our own efforts, our own successes and our own mistakes, and this applies equally to a Collective Planetary Civilization, just as it does to the destiny of individuals.

We of Earth will need to consider and formulate for ourselves the basic social-political rules and structures that will govern our New Society; the basic rules of social conduct which will reflect our new attitudes and aspirations towards one another and towards the new and uplifted Planet Earth.

Man's development on Earth, from the times of primitive cave-dwelling to the relatively sophisticated lifestyles presently enjoyed by us, has up to now been largely concerned with the provision of physical needs of food, clothing and shelter. In the New Age this will no longer be Mankind's major preoccupation, thanks largely to a lower population and new technologies as yet unknown on Earth.

Nor will the new Mankind be plagued by wars, slavery, poverty, revolution and social injustices; for the higher vibratory rate on which Humanity is to operate will ensure that the basic attitude of selfishness, which has in the past pervaded Man's relationships with fellow Man and hampered the true development of civilization, will not prevail. Indeed, cooperation and mutual assistance will be the natural inclination in the New Age, leading to a lasting Peace and Prosperity.

In a world where there is an abundance of physical needs, in a world where Peace and Cooperation are the natural order, Mankind will now have time to devote to intellectual and spiritual development, and this will then become our major preoccupation in the New Age.

Yet Politics must nevertheless play a vital role, for even when there is unqualified goodwill between all people, an absence of planning can result in the same urban chaos we experience today; and even with the best will in the world, people still need 'Laws' as Standards of Guidance in preserving Personal Liberty, in the correct behaviour towards others and in ensuring fair commercial trade.

Many of Earth's people on the great spaceships will undoubtedly approach the very subject of Politics with reluctance, recalling only too vividly the inefficiency, corruption and costly mal-administration which characterized the 'Democratic' process of Government over which the 'People' had little or no control. How can the old evils of Politics be avoided? What sort of Politics will serve the New Age?

Fortunately these problems will not in our future "Ascended World" give undue concern. The 'Right Answer' has always been with Humanity since its most primitive days, but self-centeredness blinded us to its virtues and prevented us from embracing it. In the light of a higher vibration rate and a New Age, the right answer will be clear to everyone of us, and it will consist of one simple but vital Rule, which will give all the needed guidance in our correct relationship with others:

This New Rule can be set out as follows: That there can be no unfair imposition upon one Living Being by Another, no interference in the Life and Evolution of One by Another. That is, whatever we may choose to do, we should do nothing which is harmful to, or interferes directly in the Personal Evolutionary Path of Others.

Grow without diminishing the growth others; prosper without impoverishing others; respect others, as you would have others respect you. This is the basis of UNIVERSAL LAW and there will be formulated a single "Principle of Liberty" reflecting this and guiding the social behaviour on most of the Higher Worlds and which may indeed become the Guiding Political/Constitutional/Social Rule of Conduct on all worlds as well as on the New Earth in its future incarnations within its concentric Fourth, Fifth, Sixth and Seventh Dimensional surfaces.

With this one overriding "Principle of Liberty" as the supreme element within the Planet's Constitution, Mankind will share resources fairly whilst at the same time observing the Rights of Mother Earth and of Nature's environment; we will respect the Peace, Privacy and Property of one Human over another; and trade will be honest and fair, as each seeks to serve, not exploit others; giving fairly for goods and services received, only asking a fair price for goods and services rendered.

Thus the task of formulating Political Institutions and Laws will simply become one of Interpretation: of applying to our everyday lives and events the Central Rule of "Not HARMING another and Interfering in their Path of Evolution" and which also forms the basis of the "Principle of Liberty" which is outlined elsewhere in the appropriate Links to this Book. This will eventually become the core of "Universal Law" governing our Grand Universe.

The purpose of Government in the New Earth will be defined as one of "Interpreting" the governing Constitutional "Principle" in terms of day-to-day events to produce Laws. Government will have no arbitrary power or authority within itself. Its Interpretations will only have authority insofar as they correctly reflect the enshrined Constitutional "Principle".

Turning then to physical planning, the major and very essential task of Humanity in preparation for the Return to the New Earth, there will be the Planning of Communities, Transport, and other uses of Land and Natural Resources in such a way that needs of agriculture and recreation are fairly provided for everyone, residential neighborhoods, towns and cities will be convenient and pleasant, and the needs of the Planet herself will be rigorously respected.

In fact the planning process will be one of enjoyable creation in which everyone can and will participate. With guidance from a high and a just social Principle, the assistance of colleagues from other worlds, a respect for Planet Earth herself, and a pervading spirit of Goodwill resulting from the higher vibratory rate, rapid and productive progress can be made. And with the multi-dimensional 'Virtual Reality' planning facilities which will be placed at our disposal on the Motherships, in which cities, shops, workplaces, neighborhoods, homes, even rooms and gardens can be planned, visualized and 'experienced' as if they already existed before they are built, planning the 'New Earth' will be the fun, exciting, creative experience it should be.

Our Space Brothers will provide accurate, multi-dimensional maps covering the areas of the newly restructured New Earth's surface, showing in detail those new topography of seas, lakes, rivers and mountains, the mineral deposits and the best agricultural land, as well as the Planet's natural 'Power Centers' or Planetary Chakras which channel and diffuse higher spiritual forces.

During our sojourn on the Motherships, the Space Brothers' Ecosystem Teams will meanwhile be working and cooperating with Nature down on the newly-cleansed Planet Earth to repopulate damaged areas with trees, plants, flowers and vegetation, for the benefit and beautification of the Planet and to provide Humans and animals with food in a rich and varied choice of fruits, nuts and grains. Trees and vegetation in these areas will not be seeded where centers of habitation and other surface features, such as transport lines, are planned to be located - another important reason for detailed advance planning.

But even before re-seeding and re-planting can take place, the task of Earth's purification must be undertaken by those of 'Higher' spiritual evolution qualified in such work. This is more complex than we could ever imagine, involving sciences unknown to us. The pollution and damage to our Planet presently visible to us is only the 'tip of the iceberg', as Tuella explains:

"I am told by our Space Brothers that it will take some years for Planet Earth to heal over the scars of her past damage. Panoramic pastures of flowers and lush greenery will be set aside to replenish in beauty, areas where polluted cities once stood and wars were fought.

"The many combined Fleets of the Ashtar Command will be occupied balancing the Magnetic Grid System to restore it to a positive and accurate balance once again. Evacuees from Earth will be observing this from viewing screens on the great Mother Craft, as Spaceships beyond number of all colors, tints, shapes and sizes, some just as balls of radiant light, travel at incredible speeds along every line of the Grid System, moving in beautiful precision.

"They will anchor the Earth within its own forcefield and reopen the Planetary Chakras where new beautiful cities will be built. They will also clear the Dimensional Portals for the later entry of the immense, city-sized Motherships, which will return their precious cargo to the Planet. This will come after Earth's glorious restoration when all things will be made new."

["On Earth Assignment", by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988. Full texts of two of the Ashtar Command Books through Tuella can be read from the links at the end of Book II]

Just as so many intrepid Souls crossed the Atlantic from the Old World to a New Continent, so the time will come when Earth's People will begin their return to their 'New' Planet, now largely cleansed, refreshed and replanted. They will bring with them their previously agreed plans for new towns and cities, neighborhoods and homes, and begin work on the pioneering task of rebuilding the new society.

It will be a time of great challenge, for those first years will set the tone for the New Age and the new Aquarian Millennium. But it will also be a time of Relief, of Joy and Thanksgiving for our "Return Home" to a Higher Dimension. The joy of return will mirror in reverse the trauma in which we left; and in our return we will be accompanied by, and share our joy with the great Masters in whose charge Planet Earth is given.

Tuella relates her experience she viewed on a visit to the Higher Planes of a return of Humanity to the 'New Earth':

"During an 'out of body excursion', I was privileged to visit with Commander Soltec on his Mothership, the 'Phoenix'.

"On the Mothership, I was courteously seated before three very large viewing screens in his Office and Laboratory Rotunda. The center screen presented a sweeping panorama of Earth's landscape; beautiful snow scenes, then tropical areas, majestic green mountains, colorful oceans, like a travelogue on a tremendous scale and utterly beautiful. It seemed somewhat strange to me that in this broad viewing, I saw no housing of any description or evidence of commercial or city life; in fact I saw no Human life at all. Soltec was evidently reading my thoughts. He commented:

"You are now viewing an area of the Planet as it will be when it is "Cleansed" and new in its glory and beauty. This is the new growth, the new covering that will bloom upon the Planet when these People of Light return. Notice how much more beautiful is the greenery of the vegetation and the spreading trees, the deep blue of the firmament, the clear cleanliness of the water, for all pollution is now removed from the atmosphere. The air is pure and clean."

"He zoomed in on a tremendous pasture of wild flowers. The colorful splash was breathtaking. He smiled and told me, "On that very panorama, a large polluting dirty city formally stood." I would never have recognized the terrain, though I knew I had once lived in that city. He further stated: "Many areas on the beautiful Planet Earth that have suffered degradation at the hands of Mankind, will be left to rest."

"The screen to the left was then activated and revealed a desirable landscape of sloping hills, lavishly covered with trees of that heavenly green, with many beautiful broad open areas in its midst. There were creeks, and slowly flowing rivers. I could see the rocks at the bottom through the clear water, even from our distant vantage point.

"Suddenly, high above these vast central planes I saw the gleaming bright light of an enormous Spacecraft, very brilliant, glowing as it lowered and settled down silently and gently on the miles of greenery. It was a beautiful ship of indescribable size. I can only say it was extremely spacious, shiningly beautiful, dominating the screen as we watched.

"Many openings suddenly appeared all around the Spacecraft, with wide stairways dropping down, efficiently and quickly. Upon each one were crowds of people; youths, tots perched on adult shoulders or clutching the hands of parents, whilst hugging all of their young pets the Space friends had given them. All began to descend at once in a run, shouting with joy or in prayer, but happiness and smiles everywhere. The high emotion of the moment was contagious and I found myself feeling exhilarated along with them and smiling broadly as well. I looked at the Commander, and he also was smiling and laughing with great joy.

"What's happening here?" I asked.

"This is a landing of persons and Lightworkers returning to the new Earth."

"I caught my breath as I marveled at their happiness. As far as you could see the children were running all over the beautiful hills, whilst the very young children were busily occupied with petting their little animal friends to make them feel at home. These children from the great Mothership were facing a new life that would share fellowship with these beautiful Souls from other worlds. There were many infants also; being carried as the throng continued to pour forth by the hundreds, until finally I calculated there must be several thousands disembarking.

"Finally the moment came when the activity had stilled and a hush of reverence swept across the masses. Every eye was turned toward the massive center portal, which seemed to glow in an invisible light. Suddenly three beautiful Beings appeared atop the stairs and paused. As I sat with Soltec viewing the scene, I intuitively knew they were Lord Jesus Sananda, Lord Kuthumi, and Lord Saint Germain. The shortest of the three was draped in a violet colored cape. Lord Jesus wore a simple white robe girded at the center, and Lord Kuthumi was clothed in a golden colored metallic robe. Together, they descended where the assembled crowd stood waiting. They clasped as many outstretched hands as possible and embraced many. I realized then that these 'Beloved Ones' and our Space Friends would be remaining with us for a considerable time."

[ "On Earth Assignment", by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988.]

Chapter 10:
Messages from the Galactic Federation & Higher Spiritual Sources

Since 1994 we have been given a considerable amount of channeled information about the coming "Earth Changes" from the Galactic Federation of Light. Much of this early on came via the local Representative Council of the Galactic Federation based in the Sirius Star System within our quadrant of our Milky Way Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon. From 1996 onwards their Messages were channeled by Sheldan Nidle on the www.paoweb.com Web-site (for a compendium of these Messages see the "Galactic Federation of Light Archive" link at the end of this Book II).

The Galactic Federation Of Light itself claims a membership of over 200 Galactic Systems, all who follow the positive path of "Light". They have up until recently been bitterly opposed within our own Galaxy by the negative and equally powerful "Forces of Darkness", known as the Anchara Alliance. As a result, during the last 500 million years, there have been numerous and devastating Galactic Wars within our Milky Way Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon. Only now, at the coming "End Times" of the present Great Universal Cycle, our Cosmic Creator has at last instituted a final elimination of all Forces of Darkness within our Galaxy, much of which infiltrated our own Grand Universe from a corrupted Grand Universe within our Cosmic area of the Great Void (see Book I, Chapter 10 for more on this).

As a result, recent Galactic Membership of the "Federation of Light" rose from 100,000 to over 200,000 Star Nations. Many of the Members of the former Dark "Anchara Alliance" belong to the Reptillian Races (bipedal Reptile Beings), who came from a nearby Galaxy when it was amalgamated with our own after its collapsed civilisations were disbanded. They generally tend to be of a more mental and sometimes aggressive nature, of a more cold-blooded and less emotional nature than the Human Race who were more emotive by nature. They came to our own Galaxy with the mistaken belief that they had somehow been given a "Mandate" to inherit dominance over the Human Races. Their more developed mental ability allowed them to create highly advanced physical technologies, giving them a technological advantage over the more heart-led and Loving Human Races and thus the power to take over and control them to fulfil their own wishes.

In 1994 the local Council of the Galactic Federation of Light within this quadrant of the Galaxy , based on Sirius B, were to warn us that these are the End Times of a long Galactic Cycle which will bring our Solar System a forthcoming entrance into an approaching "Photon Belt", a huge doughnut-shaped cloud of Photon Light particles emanating from the Galactic Center. This they said would be an intense area of Celestial Light-force which would be an agent in the predicted Earth Changes and also an energetic force assisting in raising our consciousness level up from the Third Dimension to the Fourth and the Fifth Dimensions. They further informed us that the Photon Light particles would be changing our present magnetic-based electrical systems over to one of Photon-based energy, requiring totally new electrical technology. This they promised they would help us with once they had been permitted to make a "First Contact" through mass landings following a full "Disclosure" of their existence made by our Governments.

However, since then there have arisen repeated delays to Earth's Ascension process, mainly due to a combination of reluctance to change by our own Earth Humanity's "Collective Consciousness" and further complicated by Earth's "Secret Government" (the Dark Cabal/Illuminati) working behind the scenes to control and maintain domination over Humanity, which they have done mainly through the Banking and Global Financial Systems. Therefore Divine Intervention has repeatedly been enacted to postpone the imminent physical Earth Changes and Cleansing until all the Dark elements have been finally removed from their secret positions of power. Nonetheless, as a "silver lining" to this dark cloud, these constant delays and postponements have allowed Earth's Humans more valuable preparation time to prepare for their final Ascension and also made it possible to include a greater number of as-yet unprepared Souls to themselves progress towards Ascension. Now that our Solar System is already well advanced into the Photon-Light Belt with Planet Earth about to itself fully enter it herself, the major physical "Cleansings" to Planet Earth can no longer be much delayed.

Since 2005, there has been a further very important new source of Messages - those given by Christ Michael ATON, Sovereign Ruler of our Local Universe of Nebadon [our Milky Way Galaxy]. These give a very deep insight into the detailed plans put forward by Christ Michael for our Ascension Process, including the plans to put all the inhabitants of Earth into a period of "Stasis" (suspended animation) while the many Earth Changes are carried out by the Galactic Federation Teams. All of the Christ Michael Messages, which themselves add on to many important other ones given by the Regional Galactic Federation Council and other sources, have since been collected together from 2005 onwards up to the final one given by Christ Michael in 2013 into the "Christ Michael ATON Archive" which can be read from the Link at the end of this Chapter 10, and it is certainly very well worth the long read!

We have had of course to limit all the other many Messages collected since 1996, a selection of which are given below, to only the most significant ones for reasons of space and also possible Reader fatigue! However, if you wish to delve more fully into the Archives of all the most important Messages given since 1996, you will find them available in the Links at the end of this Book II for the two separate Archives: the "Christ Michael ATON Archive" and the "Galactic Federation Archive".


18 November 2005 - The Many Hats of Christ Michael, Creator Son of the Grand Universe Holy Trinity and Sovereign of the Local Universe of Nebadon/Milky Way Galaxy - Channeled by Candace Frieze

Christ Michael: Back during the "First Coming", when I embarked on a joint-incarnation with Jesus/Esu-Sananda, I did indeed experience the sorrow of the peoples of this Planet, very first hand, experientially. When I left that incarnation on the Cross [through "Overshadowing" the physical Jesus], I not only took my required rapid Ascension journey, as described in The Urantia Book to sit at the Right Hand of the Father, I stayed in the Central Universe for a time to review what I had observed in person. In my good conscience I could not let this Planet go, nor could I put its care into the hands of another, and delegate the work.

I knew I would return to make right of the wrongs, personally. So we thought, considered, stewed as you do, about the problems and what must be done. We have the ability to draw up scenarios a bit faster and we drew up many. Then we chose from what seemed like the best to choose from. We created in thought, but it was necessary to return and do the work within the realm, in "3D," in life.

So I am here again, in life, in a body on a Command Mothership overhead. We were also going to handle the end of the Galactic Wars, so I did choose to wear the hat of a Commander of a Star Fleet, of a portion of the mighty Ashtar Command. I desired to have this experience also. Creator Sons don't tend to command Star Fleets. And it was a perfect way to handle the situation of my return.

It provided a method of returning but not identifying myself as who I am, thus the "Hatonn" Space Commander image [initially taking on a temporary title as "Commander Hatonn" of the Pleiadian "Phoenix" Motherhship]. We do have to use stealth, in this work. Had I come as Christ Michael, I would have been a far greater threat, and the ruling "Dark Cabal" would have harmed all of you, in a serious way, those who have come to participate with me, and made this much more difficult. Obviously to be born a babe was not going to work, they would have killed most of the Human Race trying to kill me, remember the story of Herod?

I did not plan the "Phoenix Journals" [published as a regular Newsletter in the 1990s to subscribers] before I came, that occurred later. We made the decision to publish many materials as part of the Teaching Mission. The "Conversation with God" books are an example, by Buddha, through Neale Donald Walsch. There are many other teaching methods of course also.

There was much nonsense going on to confuse the Lightworkers, as you have experienced. The Medical establishment was not doing the right thing either. I chose to write the Phoenix Journals, with the help of others in this project, to get correct teaching about the Khazars [Zionists] out, correct teaching of the political scene behind your backs, correct teaching relating to medicine, science and a huge variety of other topics.

Had I taught as Christ Michael in these works, the first one would have not ever even have been printed. The disguise was very important. A Space Commander is less threatening to them. They figured, with their hiding of the presence of the "Star People" [E.T.s] from the populace that people would simply not read the books. And that happened to a significant degree.

You have all agreed to come to the Planet, any one of you reading this, or you are a more experienced Earth Soul, choosing this time to be part of this extremely unusual journey with me. We are all working together, Two or More in My Name, to mend this Planet, and restore through my "Correcting Time", where she ought more to be at this point in her history. We are not only correcting the times, through this joint experience, we all are together, even myself, the Creator Son, greatly adding to our combined experience, learning on a bigger learning curve, making known the unknown.

At the conclusion of this mighty project, together we will have made greater progress in our knowledge, our experiential learning than had we adjudicated the Rebellion of Lucifer with massive arrests, and rapidly putting an end to it. I chose to let it to go through to a natural end. Despite that some might disagree with this, to this end, we together are making known the unknown to the Father, and as I look back at my 300 Billion years in this Local Universe of Nebadon as its Creator Son and eventual Full Sovereign, and my theorem I set out to test, I would do it all over again. It is no longer a theorem, it is now known.

Now, that comment having been made, lets return. Some of you in the Teaching Mission have been pondering the Being known as Jesus-SANANDA, and wondering if Sananda was my personalized Thought Adjuster that I came to the Planet with. The answer is no, Sananda is an Ascending Son of God, with a long history in Nebadon. He is a "Kumara", a group of Beings originating as the new Race of Humans long ago in the Lyra Star System, and who successfully got themselves out of a matrix that had kept them there with "Weapons of Mass Destruction", besides the mind control methods used to control a Planetary People by enslaving Races.

And they did it, without assistance such as Earth is receiving now, and without heavy weaponry. I will not use the time here to teach that, because Sananda is to do that himself, having experienced it personally. Sananda is Immanuel Esu Kumara, [also known as Jesus Christ] originally born of Gabriel and of more recent times, the only son of Sanat Kumara. Sanat Kumara was Planetary Logos until around 20 years ago, and returned to Venus, where his offices are, and his home, as he became Solar Logos of your Solar System. He was replaced by Lord Buddha, the same Buddha that came around 500 years before I did, and who is the author of the "Conversation of God" Books, with Neale Donald Walsch.

Now to those of the Christ Michael Global Spiritual Network forum, my incarnation was a double incarnation with Sananda, together we were Joshua (or Yeshua to some then and as Jesus in the Bible) ben Joseph. Now it is true as The Urantia Book describes, that when a Creator Son completes his final Bestowal, he goes alone, without the many that usually accompany assorted Descending Son missions to the Planets, whether Bestowal or Avonal/Magisterial.

Hence, there are many here in support to the Avonal Paradise Son Monjoronson, and the Magisterial Mission. There are also Trinity Teacher Sons on the Planet, who will walk it more later, when the Correcting Time makes it possible for the Trinity Teacher Son Mission to be public. Monjoronson was to have the Magisterial Mission announced by this time, had my Second Coming Event not be delayed.

I desired, in my experience 2000 years ago, to also not only handle my own Bestowal and use it to terminate the Lucifer Rebellion, but to double dip of sorts, and handle also the Anunnaki/Nibiruan influence on the Planet. To understand that situation better, because I had never personally experienced the Galactic Warring problem in Nebadon, I came together with one very highly experienced in this arena, Immanuel Esu Kumara [Jesus/Sananda].

He had quite a few previous incarnations on the Planet; the most notable one was as King David. Be not put back by what is said in Urantia about how the Higher Realms were not particularly pleased with King David. It was a way of protecting his descendants. The King David mission was a great one, and that is why it stood out. Immanuel is a highly experienced warrior my friends, yes Sananda is indeed a warrior!

Now with the "Second Coming" Event, Sananda Immanuel does become the "Planetary Prince of Urantia/Earth". I have a couple of other Ascending Sons in similar positions in my Local Universe of Nebadon, and an Ascending Son also in a position of System Sovereign. These jobs, in my Local Universe/Galaxy, do not have to be held by the Descending Sons, and in the Rebellion Worlds, I have learned that the Ascending Sons, with their vast experiential learning, better understand those Worlds that have rebelled. So be it, with Sananda.

Your World has set itself aside, made itself different, decided on a different box, so it can have a different leadership. Lucifer was not all wrong, he thought he had a better way, but his Ego was a huge problem with him, his Ego remained so strong, that at the end, at his trial, he chose to be "uncreated", rather than come out of his box, and try on a different hat.

For the time being, Jesus/Esu Sananda Immanuel has adopted Urantia, Earth Shan, as his home, for his future experiencing as a Planetary Prince. He is one of you, who understands who you are, and what you want, because he has been there and done that. I chose not to squelch the "Lucifer Rebellion", because I created my Universe to be in a different box, rather not in a box, and the sad part is, that Lucifer did not understand that.

In his quest to do his own thing, he created a very limiting box, and this is what is behind the rebellion of Lucifer in the first place. He was not happy with how I ran my Local Universe; he felt his system needed to be more within the box. It needed more rules. He felt with his ideas, he could actually speed up evolution, but instead he set it back. So we now have "The Correcting Time".

Jesus Sananda Immanuel does not desire to remain the Planetary Prince forever, nor should he be. He will, as he stated in one of the messages through Candace, vacate the position when you are all grown up, and elect your own. In the Lucifer Rebellion, this is what some people did want, to run their own affairs, and you know what, all he had to do was ask of me, and present a viable plan, not carry out an insurrection. I am very open to testing a theorem, providing the parameters are well thought out.

Now back to that double incarnation with Sananda. I suggested he is a "Warrior". I needed, in my special mission, someone to help. Coming unattended by a Celestial Staff is the rule, but in my unusual case I needed one other, someone who understood this Planet Earth, by his experience on it, and long understanding not only the Planet, but also the invading Anunnaki/Nibiruans of the mobile Planet Nibiru. So we agreed to journey together.

This combined Mission of myself and Sananda is not taught in "The Urantia Book", for our protection from the Dark Forces required of our joint Mission. There was also the failure of the Adam and Eve mission to inject the "Violet DNA" into Earth's peoples. Also the Anunnaki/Nibiruans severely messed with the DNA of Earth's peoples after the Fall of Atlantis, reducing it from 12 strands down to only two strands.

To repair this, I came into the world with DNA from Gabriel, if fact very "High" DNA. The reason The Urantia Book does not cover this, and as a protection tells instead a slightly different story, that is because our "Dark Ones" hunt down those with the Higher Celestial DNA and exterminate any carriers of it.

I did indeed leave this "Double Incarnation" at the time of the Cross, and Sananda was healed, actually the special 3D body healed, and then Sananda carried the genetics to India where he married and fathered 5 children. He and Mary Magdalene also brought a female child, SaRa [Sarah] into the world, in Europe. Mary Magdalene was the incarnate Lady Nada, Sananda Immanuel's Twin Soul. Mary Magdalene, as well as Mother Mary carried some improved DNA also.

Since 2000 years ago, many E.T.s have come, bringing in the superior DNA from other Planets, raising up the DNA of this world. The Urantia Book [in 1934] could not discuss this, also it did not mention Reincarnation, because of the need to protect the "Star People" from the Dark Ones whilst they were incarnating on Earth to work for me, as well as bringing some additional DNA along with them. They also, while incarnated repaired some of the existing DNA, and the Karma it carries, taking on the Karma of others and releasing the new patterns into the DNA early in their lives before they were able to reproduce, thus healing the Karma of this Planet in this manner. And now you are aware of this, watching what are called the Indigo/Crystal children being born into the Planet over these past few years.

I am in fact having a "Second Coming Event" through Sananda, and for two reasons; the first as a "Wake Up Call", and helps Christians who are expecting an "Event", often with the "Rapture" as part of it. The other reason is that during the Event, the Earth will be cleansed of the negative thought forms, all Lower Astral Worlds and entities who are up to no good and causing much harm and mischief. The worst and totally uncurable of those may well go into the "Sacred Fire" that uncreates/annihilates them; they shall be no more. 3D Earth will not see this visually. In a way, this is the "Hell Fire", for all Eternity that is taught on Earth, but totally misunderstood. No one will see flames, and it is for a virtual eternity, because if you no longer exist, you can't return here. This is what is called the "Second Death", from which there is no apparent return, but from which elements of of their Soul personality will in fact be recycled to start over again.

I AM a Master Creator Son, and can initiate this, but the final sentence has to be made at the Seventh SuperUniverse level [the Seventh SuperUniverse of "Orvonton" in our Grand Universe, within which is Christ Michael's Local Universe of Nebadon - our Milky Way Galaxy]. I do this with great sorrow, but out of necessity. The Race called the "Animus", as has been told of (at http://www.wingmakers.com/) are an artificial Race, they do not have the intelligence of the Ascending Sons, and are predatory in nature. They do want a body, but do not want the responsibility of the Ascending Journey. It is time to end their reign of terror.

Those "Negative thought forms" are not real entities, and they can't take the journey. Mankind does not know how to rid themselves of them, so I will do so. Some of the other lower Astral, and negative 4D entities will be removed to the Void Planet. The rest will face extinction of personality. This is the "Adjudication of the Age", and much of this is handled by the Magisterial Creator Son, Monjoronson.


14 November 2006 - Christ Michael ATON on Earth's Unique Role

These Times that are spoken of are troublesome and unpredictable. The "Dark Forces", as you call them, are primed for a last gasp stand off with us/me, and our best efforts to convince them otherwise are to no avail. This will come down to a "show-down", I'm afraid. You ask me why this has to happen since I am God/Creator Son of this Local Universe. It is because I gave you the opportunity to create this resistance to my Will. This is a grand experiment on so many levels you still can't comprehend. The Dark was allowed to take over in this segment of my Local Universe because I and your Cosmic Creator wanted to see how you as the "Explorer/Creator Race" would learn to cope with it. It had never happened before in this type of scenario, and I convinced you all to come here to battle against this reversal of my original intentions.

That is a dichotomy in itself. My intention was not to have the Dark take over, but once it did, I felt that the future of creation would be better served by allowing you to figure out how to deal with this threat. There are no more Creator Sons being created and it is my plan to have the best "Ascending Sons" train here to become worthy new "Creator Sons" of the new Universes at present being formed out in the Gread Void.

You all are exceeding my expectations. The Galaxies throughout the Multiverses are paying close attention to your struggles and your successes. You are learning about situations that are unique, and your solutions are providing vast new archives of information that others can use in similar situations if something of this magnitude happens again. It is unlikely that anything similar will ever take place again, however, because you have explored the parameters in this situation with such depth that there is not much more to be learned from it. That is why I say you are wonderful "Ascending Sons". You have dealt with a particularly troublesome issue and come through the dark with patience and insight. Patience gives you breadth of thought, and insight comes from thinking broadly.

Mother Earth is going ahead with her letting loose with the "Changes". She has withheld her "Earth Changes" for almost too long to help you all get to the point you have reached. Now that you are home again with us, she is free to change as she sees fit. Once again I tell you that these "Changes" are such that the geography of the Earth will change. There is no way the physical embodiment of Mother Earth's consciousness can continue the way it is when she herself is bursting through to a new awareness and understanding of her role in the Ascension process. She has determined to take you with her, and this in itself is a remarkable decision for her to make. She is being as careful as she can to preserve your comfort zones and the places you are drawn to for your own work.


30 December 2006: Christ Michael ATON - Candace Frieze

I have never said since the days of the "Phoenix Journals" that Earth would need an Evacuation. Your - that is, Mankind's - progression in awareness and willingness to accept the Light we are shining on you and Earth in ever increasing amounts has made this "Plan" a non-issue at this time. You have proved that you can weather the storms that must inevitably come as Mother Earth Gaia re-shapes herself to make her own guise able to accommodate the Changes she eagerly anticipates. Many of the present inhabitants will not be able to go with her. That is true. Nor will many of the present inhabitants be able or willing to adjust to the increasingly higher frequencies of Light and energy that are bombarding Earth from your Sun and from the Central Sun of your System and Universe. The alignment is occurring on a Galactic scale, and the changes that will come from this are incomprehensible to your present understanding. This will be, however, a marvellous and miraculous undertaking that will take Earth with it as the glowing jewel I had always intended her to be. I use the feminine gender because she is the receiver of all the glory and power I wish to send her. She nurtures Man and all that is on her. She is the Mother of all that are connected with her.

This timeframe that everyone bandies about is fluid. It is all contingent on how Man and all the players in this scenario choose to shape the movement towards the "Light and Life" that have been determined to be the outcome. This end result is the outcome that everything is moving towards. There is no one way to get there. There are millions of possible outcomes that can be used as links in the chain of movement towards the final goal of Ascension and realization of your true self and complete purpose. You are here on Earth as a test and an experiment to learn much that others will never have the opportunity to learn. This is a unique situation that will be the breeding ground for many new Creator Sons who will in turn shape other Universes to explore their own ideas of relationship with the Creator Source. That was my purpose in creating Nebadon. I wanted to explore the relationship that Duality proposes. I wanted to see how Beings could be separate from their Source and find their way back. What a significant progress has been made, although the route here has never been mapped out beforehand.

The time now is for "closure" on the past and a moving into a new phase of your existence. Yet, this shift will not be an instant change. I want to see how you resolve your issues. I want to see how you take our help and create your own methods. I want to see you be Co-creators with me. I have created many of you Ascending Sons, and now I want you to learn to "create" as well. There will be nothing more that I will be able to guide you to. This may take what seems an infinitely long time to you, but it will be only a minute in Eternity.

The method we will use is this: there will be an announcement soon. The Banking debacle is almost resolved. It can go no further. There are no more alternatives. The Government changes are in place and ready to go once the existing Government relinquishes its ill-gotten grasp on control. This scenario has been complicated beyond your wildest imagining, and the results we now have accomplished have been global and complete. The first has become last, because of the delays they have contrived, and America will emerge from its dream of unawareness as the last step in the process.

Once this is accomplished, the door will open to the Galaxy. Visitors from everywhere will come to see what has happened and offer their help in making the changes that must occur on the physical Planet. The Tectonic Plates must stabilize, and volcanic eruptions will take place. We see no purpose at this point in delaying this occurrence. Earth must adjust herself in the way she can. She has accommodated Man longer than she had a right to, and now Man must accommodate her. We will do whatever we can to ameliorate these major upheavals, but there is no way to prevent them. There will be a time of "chaos and disaster", to your way of thinking, before the way is clear for true Ascension to "Light and Love". We will warn you of these events, but there will be many who disregard our warnings. Many will choose to leave Earth. Many will choose to stay to help. This is all determined by your individual life path. I will stress, however, that those who choose to stay will find ways to do so, and the rewards they find will be an accurate compensation for their decision to invest their life purpose in this unfolding


11 October 2007: Esu Sananda describes the "Stasis Process" - Jess Anthony

Let's speak of the Stasis Event, as you called it. These events will be the beaming of energy rays of a certain frequency towards the Earth that will cause certain frequencies of vibrations to stop their motion. This is not analogous to death, because in death circumstances the energy continues to move. It is reshaped into another form that is not representative of the physical body that it used previously. In this instance, the energy pauses its vibration. The power of the beaming vibration causes the other to mirror or entrain is own vibrational frequency to that of the new frequency. This only synchronizes with a certain range of frequencies and these are the ones that pause.

In terms of your bodies, this is the energy "glue" that holds the parts of the atoms together. This is what is connected to the Universal energy that links Man with his Creative Sun. This energy has intelligence, and it creates the concept of Love that joins waves and pulses of energy into a coherent form. Love is the force that "convinces" random waves of energy to coalesce into a structure and become a unified force that materializes ultimately as a mental idea that takes a physical form.

The Stasis energy causes the glue to be stationary. It understands the purpose of this Stasis and it wants the energy forms it holds together to experience the new environment it will find when the Stasis is finished. This will be a fresh template with an open willingness to accept a fuller range of information being sent to Earth by the Creator Sun and the Photon Belt. The analogy with sleep is appropriate to some extent. Just as your body assimilates new information and physical challenges as it sleeps, so will the paused energy be re-tooled to accept a much more intense and faster vibrating experience.

This will be brought on during sleep and it will end as Earth's inhabitants wake up the next morning of what seems to be the next day. Because all energy vibration in the body has paused, the body doesn't experience any sense of time passing. The Earth is not pausing, however, and she will be continuing on with her Ascendancy with our help. There will be a new sense of environment when people wake up, much cleaner and more balanced and peaceful.


9 September 2007: Esu Sananda speaks on the Financial Changes after the "Stasis" Period - Jess Anthony

I will speak of the choices people on Earth can make in terms of their money situations and their living conditions. The Banks will be undergoing a transition, as has been described. Cash will not be readily available for a period of a few days. This will start as soon as we begin the announcement period probably 12 hours after everyone wakes up from the "Stasis Period". The initial surprise and bewilderment of many will be sinking in to a rational view of what has happened. News will be curtailed in many cases and explanations will be kept to a minimum. The uninformed conclusions will serve no positive purpose. This is controlling, yes, but ultimately practical. I must point out that the change is global, not just in America with its fifty States. The discussion here is almost exclusively on what will happen in this country, when in actuality every country on every continent will undergo a form of change. That is an enormous proposition, and one that has required this time to prepare and set in motion.

Everyone on Earth has agreed to their life plan before they came. Everyone's Higher Self knows what they have determined is their agenda. The choices of how to achieve this agenda are the variables you find as you live on Earth. There are many options you can choose that are determined by your personal discernment and preconditioning memories. These choices affect how your life is shaped. You each select a life pattern that allows you to explore your individual purpose in whatever way seems most appropriate for you alone. Your birth and your death pattern are selected as the most instructive method for your incarnation.

I say all of this because your perception of life after Stasis will be different. You will begin to see this bigger picture of Universal Truth with ever-increasing clarity. You will see why people are no longer here. You will see why you have remained, and you will see what your purpose is in staying. This Planet is going through a tremendous renewal and restoration. You are staying here because you have agreed to help with this process. This process demands cooperation and ingenuity. This is the talent and power you have - those of you who are here. You know more about living in this type of creation than anyone. Your job is to use this knowledge.

This involves finding ways to live that are more in tune with Earth. This involves finding means of rational cooperation with each other. If scarcity of resources or money becomes an issue, then determine what you personally can do about it. You have chosen to be in the situation you are in because you want to experience it. How will you do that and what will you discover and learn? Life is about learning and experiencing. Pleasure comes from experience that brings satisfaction and a sense of personal balance. You are happy because you are happy. Not because someone tells you that you are happy.


25 September 2007: Christ Michael ATON on the Progress into Stasis - Jess Anthony

You ask me to explain this situation further for the Readers. "Stasis" is an event that will occur as the beginning of our formal intervention. We have been guiding you on Earth up to this point, through discussions and teachings, and also with the assistance of numerous Allies who are working on the surface in professions that directly impact the decisions that will produce the outcome that must be achieved. Make no mistake: the outcome will be achieved. This is the Decree of Heaven and the Creator Source of all. My responsibility and guardianship oversees this taking place. I have created this Local Universe of Nebadon and Earth is my prize Creation. I will not see this fail.

However, I also created the existence on Earth to explore the experience of Duality and Separation from the Source. This has been a more extraordinary lesson than anyone could have projected at the time. This is because there were no previous examples to look to and no hints of the outcomes that might be possible. I offered the opportunity for Masters and Angels to come to Earth and experience this new sense of "separation". It was a risk, and I knew it was necessary to have inhabitants with skills and previous experience with shaping a Planet in times of distress. This ability was locked inside of each of those people who incarnated. For a while they remembered this as part of their connection to the Universe. But with the coming of the Dark, they were made to forget this link and become unthinking servants to others with an awareness of control and manipulation.

This led to the catastrophes of Lemuria and Atlantis, and survivors sank even further into their forgetfulness. Others with some remembrance of their positions as Overlords created another world of the "Elite" and the "Controlled". This recreation of the worst of Atlantis has continued up to the present day. My "Planetary Bestowal" to Earth in the agency of Jesus Christ was the beginning of the shift in thinking that would lead to the awareness that is burgeoning out today.

I have been guiding you with my Ministers and Teachers for the whole of your existence. This has been a form of intervention from the beginning of your History. The intervention you seek now asks for more specific assistance in the face of greater threats than you have ever been aware of. We have listened to your requests and have granted you more.

The "Great Conclave" you have recently heard spoken of was a meeting I called with Representatives from all over the SuperUniverse of Orvonton [The 7th Super-Universe within our Grand Universe] and Havona [The "Central Universe" surrounding the Paradise Isle]. This was a meeting unlike any you have heard of. The Representatives deal with the directions the Local Universes [Galaxies] as a whole take in ascending and recreating themselves. They determine how these Universes are constructed and what reality they will embody as their components are developed. This is work on a greater scale than you are capable of imagining. Think how vast your own Local Universe of Nebadon is and imagine that to be an insignificant piece of an immense group of similar Local Universes/Galaxies [a total of over 700,000 Local Universes/Galaxies within our Grand Universe with its center point of the Paradise Isle and surrounding Havona Central Universe]. The Attendees at the Meeting I called were the Overseers of these vast assemblages of Planets and Stars. Spiritual Beings on a high level of Light and connection with the energy of the Creator Source.

They all had opinions on what to do with Planet Earth, this small piece of the Grand Universe. It was a long and contested discussion. The end result was that I was given the right to do what I wished to do with my Local Universe Creation. The Plan is totally mine and the decisions I make are totally for the best interests of my "Jewel of Creation".

I have chosen to allow you still to work out your resolution as best you can - with our assistance - to the cycle of choices that were initiated after the demise of Atlantis. This has been over 12,000 years of your struggling and experiencing, with stages of awakening and periods of falling back into forgetfulness. We have always been guiding your explorations and always providing suggestions for you to discover as to your own awareness. Your core connection to me has been constant even as you were oblivious to its presence. This is why you have always looked for something - a solution, a better way, a "Saviour". This search has always taken such a form.

Now you are here with an awareness that is ready to experience our full "disclosure". This readiness is still threatened by those who wish this awakening not to occur. These are the controlling Dark Elite who manipulate your actions and your thinking to make you support them through your acceptance of Laws and procedures that are not in your own individual best interest. This is being changed completely, with actions that are progressing carefully and delicately through minefields that reach to all levels of your global society. The game plan in operation is enormously complicated and operating on several levels of reality at once. Your conscious perception is but one level of the activity that is ongoing. You sense the progress in all these levels, but your conscious awareness is still fixated on the conditioning information still being fed to you by the Dark-controlled Media sources.

This dis-junction of levels of perception is the source of your discomfort and frustration. You have a sense that good is pervading much of your awareness, but you reject that assurance in the face of measured and quantified proof that seems to fall short of your expectations.

The question of time is a tricky one. Time and space are constants that we accept as well, but the measurements you use are not those of the Seventh Super-Universe of Orvonton that we are a part of. Our measurements coincide with yours on occasions, and are not congruent on others. Our working plan is what we must make our decisions by, just as you are tied to your calendar measurements and your time segments. We have certain plans that we work under, and these projections are the dates that are given out in messages and so-called predictions. These dates are approximations to our time. They can't be looked at as the determinants for Galactic actions that are timed to another Galactic System. We say in all cases that a projected date is contingent on all factors being in place. This understanding is a truth that will not be changed. Any prediction that states a definite date is always conditional, even if the Channeler or Seer doesn't include that fact.


21-22 January 2009: Christ-Michael Aton's Update on the Stasis Event - Through Candace Frieze

Candace has been getting questions about the Stasis Event and what to expect after a longer period. A large question is about whether those Human bodies who have passed-over will be removed or not. In many cases, Yes, and in others, Nature will do what Nature does. The people of Earth need to realize immediately that this was not a "Rapture", as missing bodies may well cause some to believe it was the Rapture. Where Celestial Guides are available to assess individual situations, people will not wake up to sharing their beds with a skeleton either. We will not be cutting the weeds and also altering what happens to food and the like; it will be whatever is left as leftovers after two years time. People will not awaken to neatly trimmed lawns.

I remind you, every ensouled person, whether in a child's body or not, has made their decision as to whether they wish to continue their journey here on Earth or not, and all ensouled people have Angelic Guardians who oversee this process.

We do also have at our disposal a separate 3rd-Dimension "New Planet", and individuals and whole families who have been chosen - this option will go in body to this new Planet. They will be awakened from Stasis in succeeding intervals, as we do not want too many arriving en-mass. Those going to the New Planet in their physical body from the areas around the Pacific Rim will go first to that Planet. You already have 200,000 living people from Earth now on that new World. No criminals are to be allowed on this new Planet. Neither will Robotoids be going to that Planet because it is being started only by somewhat more advanced Souls who have the durability to begin a new 3rd-Dimension journey. At the end of the Stasis Event, there will be perhaps 2-3 million people on this alternative physical-level Planet.

Leave the children in our hands and do not worry. Also do not forget that we will be on the Television and Radio immediately the Planet comes out of Stasis [the "Deep Sleep"] to provide all the necessary education. All has been provided for that is necessary. Communications, heat, lighting will be functioning. There will be adequate food in storage and will be delivered promptly to stores. In some areas we will "drop" the necessary supplies until the people can resume themselves. You will NOT be left behind without preparation and care until you can properly function again. But function you will quickly and don't forget that at least the 100,000 Earth Lightworkers will be returning from the Motherships to provide local help and direction around the Earth Globe.


28 April 2009: Galactic Federation Regional Council on Sirius B - Sheldan Nidle

Inner Earth and its Agarthan nation await you! The Agarthan people have lovingly constructed a whole series of special Crystal Cities for all those of you who need to be moved from areas of sudden change on the outer Earth. Now we would like to give you more details about Agartha and your Crystal-City residences. To begin with, Inner Earth is a place filled with wonders. Inside your Earth is a Fifth-dimensional realm created with Light technology, which turns Inner Earth into a paradise beyond compare. When you enter, you notice the gentler, diffuse glow of Earth's Central Sun. Surrounding you are lush fields; great mountains; broad, dense forests; and stunning, luminous crystal cities, radiating with ever-changing colours. These clusters of immense, glowing crystals house a society of fully conscious Humans whose customs and ceremonies mirror those of other Galactic Humans throughout the Galaxy. Other things that strike you are the wide-open sky and the wonderfully pure scent of the air.

When you enter a Crystal City, you will feel a great calmness and a sense of coming home. You will marvel at the miles-high dome overhead and at the magic of the holography that makes the inside resemble the outside. The people are very friendly and are as curious as children about who you are and are eager to help you. Their homes are at once spacious and intimate due to the same holographic technology that combines their own superb abilities with the capabilities of their unique brand of organic computers. The environment conforms perfectly to the wants and creativity of each inhabitant. Daily ceremonies consist of dance, music, songs, and special ceremonies, and the different colored clothing of each group of participants adds to the overall delight of these special gatherings. Life here is a collage of work, family, and sacred duties, interspersed with daily interaction with Galactic Federation personnel.

There can be no doubt that the occasion of the "First Contact" is vitally important to the Agarthans. Everything they do reflects this focus. An example of their dedication to this cause is the Crystal Cities that they have built to house those when the time comes to morph, like a butterfly, into a Fully Conscious Human. Alongside your own appartment is your individual Light chamber, calibrated to your specific needs. To accomplish your metamorphosis the Galactic Federation has asked all its medical teams to compile a meticulous, daily medical dossier on each of you to enable this unbelievably complex process to be carried out with seamless precision. You are to be changed back into Full Consciousness at the same time. Normally such a process takes centuries to achieve, but Heaven has decreed that you are to take this final step all together, in one fell swoop, followed by training in Full-Consciousness etiquette. Earth's surface, too, is to undergo a vast reconfiguration. Her new Biosphere is to resemble that of Inner Earth so that, for the first time since the Lemurian catastrophe, Inner and Surface Earth can be linked, as they are designed to be.

Naturally, while this is happening many of you in likely areas of danger need to be elsewhere: in the safe haven of Inner Earth. At the same time, we will evacuate from the same areas all animals and plants which your local Spiritual Hierarchy deem compatible with the new reality. This means no ticks or mosquitoes! Under their direction, a new surface topography is to emerge that will strongly resemble the one during the time of Lemuria, and when you awaken from your morphing-slumber this new world will be ready for its new Guardians: You! In your fully conscious state the ways of other Galactic Humans will quickly become clear to you, including the reasons for some to live inside their Planet, not on her surface. All Planets are hollow, and many of their Fully Conscious Guardians live in the inside. Surface expeditions are undertaken mainly to conduct sacred ceremonies designed to sustain and support the Planet and her beautiful, diverse ecology. Mars and Venus, too, will be terraformed and ready to receive those of you who choose to move there.

Among the many changes to Mother Earth will be some magnetic and electric ones. This means that many electro-magnetic Beings, such as yourselves, will be much more comfortable in Inner Earth where the Earth forces are properly aligned with you. All creatures returning to the new surface will need to undergo a Divine change that makes it possible for them to exist on the surface. Some of Earth's flora and fauna will be temporarily lifted off the Planet during the time of her reconfiguration. Here, it helps to remember that many of you are originally from other Worlds. You are invited Guests to Earth, with a special Mission to perform. Your task is not to impose on the surface ecology but to sustain and foster its well-being. As Earth Guardians you are here to ensure the thriving health of a most glorious Electrogravitic Being, Mother Earth.


7 August 2009: Esu/Jesus SANANDA speaks on a possible coming Stasis Period - Jess Anthony

It is time to speak of your concerns on a possible coming "Stasis Period" and to explain the current thinking regarding its use and imposition. "Stasis" is a device that occurs whenever a Planet that is inhabited must undergo some sort of upheaval - be it galactic or geophysical. This allows the Planet's Systems and its peoples to stop and reorganize themselves to adapt to the next level of vibrational intensity its surroundings demand. This presumes the evolution of its surroundings are linked to the evolutionary process the Body of the Planet itself is undergoing. The Planet's evolution does or does not only take its Ecosystem into account. If it is beyond any sort of salvaging, then its environment and life-forms are removed and the system is begun again at a new level of Universal interaction. The problems and imbalances are not continued, even in an adapted form.

The system with Earth is unique. Christ Michael wishes to maintain the remnants of the existence that has become established in accordance with his own vision, in order for it to evolve into the higher frequency [Fourth and subsequent Fifth Dimension] that the 3D Planet itself is moving into. In order for this to take place, the Planet has to be adapted to suit the evolvement of the inhabitants that are staying, and vice versa. This involves changing the inhabitants and the existing ecosystem to accommodate the new frequencies. This change is most easily accomplished by a period of "Stasis" on the Planet. Existence as it is presently will be paused and be reacclimatized to a new vibration in a higher dimensional status. Man is nothing but a series of vibrational interactions that appear to be chemical in nature. Change his vibrational pattern and he will morph into a new vibrational sequence. This is the same process as entraining two frequencies vibrating at different speeds. The higher and faster one prevails and the two merge into one frequency, becoming two strings of the one.

Man's vibrational pattern will change and adapt to the new 4D frequency for Earth. This requires a strong and resilient physical body and a mental awareness that doesn't challenge spiritual perception or experiential discoveries. Only a percentage of the Earth's current population will be able to adapt. This requires a physical body that is connected to "Spiritual Awareness". Spiritual insight automatically shapes the Physical and Mental bodies that function on this Earthly Plane. Only lately has Man's understanding of this relationship been nourished enough to allow comprehension. Now is the time for Man to move ahead into his next evolutionary phase. This evolutionary status will involve a symbiosis with the evolution of the Earth. Man will interact with his environment on a much more "Conscious" level and will realize the importance of spiritual dialogue with his surroundings.

The Plan of the "Stasis Process" involves sending a beam of energy to Earth that is of such a frequency that it causes the basic speed of energy transfer to pause in its movement. When energy is not moving there is no sequence of interactions that characterize life on your Planet. This is different from what you regard as Death. That involves the Spirit leaving the physical shell and reuniting with its Family Soul assemblage. The physical shell continues to interact with its environment and energy exchange is still going on. Stasis stops this energy movement for a period of time. There is no aging as a result, and time seems to be halted in your perception. With time stopped, there is no perception by you, in fact, because observations or evaluations are based on your measurements of your physical context.

Our perception of time is different and our physical embodiment is not dependent on the attributes you require. We are able to interact with your Energy Grid work on many levels of complexity and redirect those pathways that are out of balance with a higher frequency of energy movement unaffected by your perceptions. We are able to retool your design, as it were, and produce a more efficient structure that is more integrated with the Ascending Universal Manifestation.

Those of you who intend to stay and work after the "Stasis Period" will be uplifted in vibration level and thereby redesigned and refashioned to accommodate the changes that the New 4D Earth will be going through. The symbiosis with your environment will need to be much more exact. It will require a more intuitive understanding of "Community Needs" and an accepted awareness of the necessity of considering your fellow inhabitants in the context of your Community.

Many will choose not to stay to work with Earth's Ascension. Cleaning your environment involves supporting a correct size of population that is suited to the available resources necessary for balance and harmony. A maximum number of about a tenth of your current population is appropriate for the landmass that will be most beneficial for the Planet's 4D Ascension. Parts of the current geography will be removed and new land will emerge from the existing oceans. This was part of the surface that was flooded when Lemuria and Atlantis submerged. This will happen when the Earth shifts its axis tilt. The water will cover different portions of the existing landmass. There will also be earthquakes to remove built up tectonic stress, and these too will change the shape of the current landforms.

These events will occur during the "Stasis Period" because they are connected with a larger system of energy exchange that does not depend on interaction with the ecosystem developed around Earth's inhabitants. The inhabitants are an extension of their surroundings, but they do not themselves cause the surroundings to change to the extent that will be necessary to cleanse and refashion Earth. The Earth changes are linked to geophysical shifts and redirected energy from the Sun and Solar System. The Energy Changes coming to Earth will affect the Magnetosphere's operation and alter the system of Planetary rotation. These changes are necessary to re-circuit the grid pattern the Earth is operating in. This restructuring will provide the new environment for Earth's inhabitants.

I cannot say at this point how long this will take. Your measurement of the length of time will occur after you emerge from the Stasis Period. I suspect your perception of the length of time it takes will be different from what you presume now. You will not see it as it occurs and you will be surprised when you awake from it.

The plan is not to physically remove all of Earth's inhabitants and take you to Motherships or the Inner Earth cities. Most of those staying will remain here and be transformed along with the Earth. Many others will choose to leave or will not be spiritually able to adapt to the higher dimensional frequency that will be necessary for Earth's evolution. This change must be viewed as a necessary step in the Ascension. No Soul is destroyed unless he or she chooses that option; when someone ends existence on Earth, that Soul moves into another form in its progression. The inevitable grief you will experience here must be tempered by awareness and a realization of the larger picture of a Soul's evolution.

There will be a large group of inhabitants that will be assembled in "Retreat Centers" to continue their education. These are Members of the group that have been called "Lightworkers", meaning those who have had awareness of the true nature of what is happening on Earth and have held out some form of insight to others. This group of Teachers and Workers will make up the large body of Facilitators who have chosen to help others accommodate their new forms to the new environment. These will be Leaders, Artists, Educators, Healers, and Workers who have committed themselves to building a sustainable society. They have special talents suited to the tasks that lie ahead and have incarnated at this time to take on those roles. They will be brought out of "Stasis" at the time that is necessary for their training to begin.

I think this is sufficient to say at this time. Look for the "signs" that will be appearing in the skies. This will be happening in sequence from now on. Much of the harvest is being stored, and events will happen when you least expect them. The Sun will move and Jupiter will appear as it actually is. Then you will know that "Stasis" is ready to begin.

Esu, Earth's designated "Planetary Prince" in Physical form.


1 November 2009: Christ Michael Update - Candace Frieze

Dearly Beloveds, Christ Michael here to speak a bit after a rather long absence it would seem. First, let's cover just a bit on what I have been doing. I recently posted through Daniel Raphael that I have turned over more day to day management of Earth to Machiventa Melchizedek and Paradise Son Monjoronson. There are some other Planets that are part of the "Lucifer Rebellion" requiring a bit of my personal attention right now, in this body that I am using.

One Planet is particularly having troubles, and this is in Orion. We are currently removing the last of the Reptilian Race also from that place, as we did on your world a couple years ago or so. I am doing much there similarly to here. I am often visiting this other world for a few days at a time, and though it is not quite as troublesome as your world, it is farther away from a state of "Light and Life". It is not in a Solar System yet facing Ascension, but in time, it will also come in the Galactic Ecliptic and experience what your world has been now experiencing for 3 years. It has yet to rotate directly in line. Your world actually entered a little earlier because we are towing you to a new energy stream, meaning your whole Solar System is being towed, not just Planet Earth.

As regards the "towing", Candace collects a lot of silly comment over this, as if we have little tow trucks or something. We have only to tow "Planet X" and the whole Solar System comes with it. Every Solar System has its "Planet X", and it is through these bodies that whole Solar Systems travel around their Central Stars. Your Central Star is Alcyone in the Pleiades. And in time, in your new energy stream, you will be much closer to Alcyone, and thus not in the long dark period [outside of the Photon Belt of Light] you have been in previously, of 11,000 years at a time. You will be "in the Light" all of the time, based on both the energy stream, and the effects of your three Suns, as Saturn will also be ignited in due time.

Regards being in that Milky Way galactic ecliptic, you should be noticing some of the rather rapid effects regarding your Ascension syndromes, and that of your animals. Most of you who are around animals should be noticing they are getting smarter too. The God Particles remodel everything!!!! There will be a great surge in evolution upon your plane.

Now, let's get into the not so nice stuff. Despite the now three years of work with the energy particles coming through to you, your Dark Ones just aren't getting a "hint" yet and it doesn't appear they will at all. We did hope some would awaken a bit, with their Reptilian and Anunnaki Controllers now out of the way, but sadly, the difficulties remain huge.

Out of concern for Earth's peoples in general, we have prevented the Dark from embarking on a large array of 9-11 type attacks. Russia has been most helpful in this endeavor since they have so many Cosmospheres and have come into alignment with the Divine Plan. That allows for easier following of the rules of intervention on a planet. These rules however on this one, MY Planet, are different.

We are hoping to go directly into Stasis fairly soon. We do not believe bringing out Jupiter from behind the Sun will be of any help, but nevertheless, we may or may not. It is placed as far out as possible in the Sun's Corona from time to time and even has been exposed for short periods. It continues to upset the balance on Earth more than we would like. We wish to have that very slow Pole Reversal, so going into Stasis first will bring that completely under our control. We have continued to keep the Sun quiet for this reason.

Your scientists think that these few new Sun spots are of the next cycle, but they do not understand that the Sun is also going to be completely monopolar and it will not thusly experience cycles. There is to instead be a slow transition into that state for your Sun.

We are placing Spaceships so folks can see them at sunrise and sunset. This is not always very effective either, because so many never even notice sunrise and sunset, which in normal societies are a time of wonderment and prayer each day. You have lost all of any Holy cycles and the knowledge contained therein.

The Magnetosphere is truly ready to flop. If flop it does, the vortexes will collapse on each other. We will be going into Stasis BEFORE this happens, again, so that we can control this, which is probably why we will likely not bring out Jupiter. We will continue with showing ourselves at night, sunrise, and sunset, until Stasis. Your world, as above, is so out of sync and the rumors of what makes up the appearance of God at the time of cleansing, is all over the place, and we are sorry, but Jesus still isn't going to gallop across the sky on a White Horse to gather the Saints, er.... Christians.

There are many at this time leaving for the Mansion Worlds [Training Worlds for the development of Souls for those Ascendant Beings working upwards in evolution towards the Isles of Paradise], and you thus have excess amounts of deaths. There are also, as Esu mentioned in his last piece, the beginning of people becoming ill from the Dark's released customized Virus-Flu illness, and more than the Ukraine are in great fear right now. That news just doesn't reach the United States, and you have in increase in this in the United States and it's being labeled Swine Flu, and it is not. You do have some better health care there, so it's less noticeable.

China faced a severe time during the "Bird Flu" days. This was a direct attack on them, and they did place several areas under extreme quarantine, and even removed several small towns of people entirely from the face of the Earth to stop the spread. We did intervene with some help in that scenario.

As to the Swine Flu vaccine, we have been going into the labs and disabling the virus that is contained therein. This is only to keep what little peace remains on the Planet in it's final days. Many have petitioned to not allow the Planet to go into complete chaos and prayers were answered. But this cannot continue Beloveds, because of the pollution to the Planet. We cleansed as many places as we could, and also we left some of it to remain visible, so that you would all learn, but you did not.

We will be studying for a long time just why the people of this Planet have not learned their lesson over the eons. We will also be studying for some time, just why the Starseeds did not awaken in greater numbers. In fact, the Starseeds have been some of the problem. They have become incredibly "blind". Their Higher Selves, to use that term, have been unsuccessful in finding an opportunity to download Monads into the bodies being used. This is a perplexing condition.

The "Higher Self" knows, but the lower self personality of the incarnation has been most resistant to hearing "from Above." Yea ones are not fully incarnated into the body, your energies are too high, and the communications that go through the "Silver Cord" [the connecting link from the Physical body to the Spiritual body], so to speak, develop "shorts", and the message is not received. Usually the Ascension process of the DNA makes the communications more accessible, but this has not happened for many.

I am back here to stay until the Planet Earth is in Stasis, whilst the issues with the other Planet in Orion and my need to be there are resolved at this time. I needed to personally attend the issues with the Reptilians there. Beloveds, the Reptilian form has not been successful. These Ones are still very cold blooded. Those who did develop worthy Souls will continue on in other forms but basically the Reptilian form is being gradually removed from existence. They develop on climatically hostile planets, and that hostility seems to be difficult to overcome. Some of you who read here are preparing for various difficult jobs ahead, and thus I am giving this little detail. Such is the nature of overseeing the Creation and all that develops from it.

I will ask many of you to lay back. Do not continue to attempt to educate those around you in these last days. As the energies "churn" more, the Dark are getting very nasty. And the Dark includes family members who are not awakened for some of you. It is not necessary for you all be faced with the increasing intolerance and insults. Just be quiet and look the other way.

It can be deadly to upset some people in these times. Just do the Yes Sir or Ma'am, when faced with ridiculous requests and surround yourselves in your protective Light. Do NOT frequent Bars and the like right now. Those who get drunk are going to act out even more, and as fear spreads from the rumors of illness and the like, people are going to drink more, use drugs more, and become more dangerous. Do not intervene if you see any sort of disagreements in public, and even at home, if there is danger. Walk away. Your lives may be at stake.

Now, I have something to share with you. This has been a very long and very difficult process for myself. My Local Universe/Galaxy became infested with a source of Darkness. Some of this infestation was from other Universes; some of it developed in front of my own eyes. I have mentioned before, we must get a handle on this strange, not-seen-before Darkness that has infested the Lighted Creations. It is very intelligent. Your movie on Artificial Intelligence, touched on this. Some of it is artificial. Some comes from machines learning to think, which have no sense of Right or Wrong, no God-sense and which are not being handled properly by those that control those machines. Certain Races also have stolen DNA and then in the laboratory downgraded it to make slaves, who themselves also have no God sense of Right and Wrong.

Creation is old. These problems however did not exist in the first 6 SuperUniverses in this particular Grand Universe. It is in the Seventh SuperUniverse, Orvonton, to which our Galaxy belongs, that they manifested. And this must be solved. I am a very "open" Creator Son to finding ways to deal with this. It was my purpose in fact before I came to create and direct the Local Universe of Nebadon/Milky Way Galaxy. I have long studied this, and we planned ways actually to attract some of this to Nebadon, and concentrate it here, in order to try and get rid of it. And many of you who read this material are volunteers unto that Service. This darkness must be stopped.

It is not easy for me emotionally, myself. I do not enjoy having to "uncreate" something. All Local Universes/Galaxies do face problems of this nature however, there are some life forms that develop that are not always satisfactory. But what was a most difficult situation, was my own Angels that "went south" to use your Human phraseology. These are my personal creations, and it is not easy to walk from Family. Do not your own selves face difficulties with children who seem to not turn out so well? Thus the story of the Prodigal Son, conveyed by me in my joint "overshadowing" incarnation as Jesus Christ. I have let my Ones to go out and err, in the hope that they would come "Home" with new wisdom, and that has worked fairly well with my Angels and most of Nebadonia's other created Worlds.

Some failed. Lucifer failed, and when welcomed back, that was his failure: he would not undergo any further rehabilitation to relearn and instead chose his "uncreation", and that was heartbreaking. He was not the evil Satanist suggested on your Planet, but awfully misguided, and he did let his ego get the best of him. He did want to be his own God, and you still see remnants of this in the New Age teachings. You have to come into alignment with the whole of Creation, if you wish to climb that big ladder ahead. He made many Management errors. So we let him have Earth, my Seed Planet, for a time, along with the Dark Ones, and he did realize eventually that he had bitten off more than he could chew and that he could no longer attempt to be "God" of his Local Regional System of Satania [of which he was the System Ruler up until the Lucifer Rebellion - Satania being the local "Regional System" within Nebadon in which Planet Earth is situated] in the manner he had hoped for.

We still have a great deal of work ahead. I have shed many tears myself, yes, the Spirit Form of mine, while it doesn't shed literal tears, nevertheless I have cried. And so has my Partner, Mother Nebadonia. This was not an easy journey. The plan of placing the Dark Ones together to sort things out between themselves was not altogether successful. These warring groups just don't seem to get the message, and they have been repeatedly "welcomed home" or rather the offer made, and it doesn't take. This is my Universe, and I am going to have to do some more un-creating. We are all learning from this, and I know we will in future be "nipping the problems in the bud" much sooner.

We so have to develop ways yet, to foresee these sooner. We have to not allow quite so much "freedom-of-will" in developing young Worlds. Often these Worlds have been given, as yours was recently, technology they are not ready for by outsiders, so tough new guidelines are going up regarding the evolutionary and lower "Heaven" Worlds.

The Higher Councils of the Seventh SuperUniverse of Orvonton have also "Seen the Light", so to speak, and know that in future there must be some greater toughness, otherwise, much could be swallowed up into the Black Holes. Black Holes are not understood by your Scientists. They are the "garbage dumps" of the Universes. There are too many. There is an enigma here too, as what does happen to them in time is they transmute back into becoming Suns once again, since the compressed material matter gets very hot, and thus explodes. Nothing is ever lost, but we sometimes also get Suns where we do not want them yet!

This is because the Black Holes are the densest form that Matter can become, and they aren't "movable." No "tug boats" have yet been designed that can work on this. We sometimes have to remove some formations totally out of the way instead. When these explode, huge amounts of material matter are released for re-use. They do not "suck" in additional Matter as some of your Scientists suggest. But they are imploded Matter where a Creation went wrong, and the "like-attracts-like" rule functions.

In summary, we will be going into Stasis only at my command. I have been back and forth dealing with that other Planetary issue in Orion previously mentioned, but I must also be here personally for the initiation of Stasis on Earth. "We have thrown in the rag". The Earth is crying some more and the pollution continues to worsen, and we have to take into consideration the lives of other classes of Beings on this world as this is a Seed Planet, and it is going to be taken back to it's original purpose. The DNA forms that are not in alignment will be removed by the process of the Magnetic Pole Reversal, more so than we have covered to date. And then we start over. Understand, I said DNA forms, NOT Souls, which include those Soul/Spirits in the plants and animals. Souls on Earth will then be able to move into healed forms.

Namaste, Christ Michael of Nebadon.


20 November 2009: Lady Master NADA [Twin Soul of Jesus SANANDA] at the Solar Tribunal on Saturn - Beth Trutwin

Beth Trutwin: Beth & Mark received and accepted an invitation to visit the Solar Tribunal on Saturn where Lady Master Nada was to speak to us. We joined with our Twin Flames [SunStar4] and the King-Of-Swords [Jesus SANANDA] and Ashtar to go to Saturn in a shuttle craft piloted by Sananda.

When we got to Saturn we saw the Rings around the Planet. We flew to within the Pole with our craft and up through the diamond tetrahedron crystalline core. We ignited into Light forms, cleansing and purifying our Beings before proceeding.

Now we proceed to the Solar Tribunal. This building has a white dome on top. The architecture of the Solar Tribunal echoes the styles of ancient Greece and Egypt with the Corinthian columns and white polished marble interior. The dome lets in a flood of sunlight onto the white surfaces and grand hallway. This leads us up to a very modern, sentient-computer designed holographic Meeting Room. This room has Galactic technology with viewing screens, automatic translations and stadium style seating around a central Council. On this day the Council floor was empty.

Lady Master Nada then takes us to one of the smaller meeting rooms off the main Council floor. This room offers comfortable seating in an intimate atmosphere for smaller discussions concurrent within the period of the larger meetings. There are communication and information technologies in this room. We then sit at the conference table.

Lady Master Nada: "I wanted to give you a Tour of the Solar Tribunal on Saturn. I am President of this Body. We are made up of Representatives of Star Nations from this Galaxy. We join here to formulate Unified Missions for our Galaxy. We also set Guidelines in which to work together on joint interests. Some examples of this are such as Travel, Exchange, Law, and Exploration. The Tribunal is a Legislation branch of this Solar System and which hears and tries cases which are relevant to Universal Law. Our Mission is to see that we progress with the "Highest Good of All" enforced. By doing this we remain in a State of Peace. Only by keeping Peace are we able to evolve freely unencumbered as a Co-creative Consensus. We now welcome Earth to the Galactic Round Table.

"I am the Twin Flame of the "King of Swords". He is the physical template of Admiral Sananda on Earth. We are Galactic Humans. St Germain and I are the architects of a whole new Planetary Economic and Legal revitalization to prepare us for Earth Ascension's reunification with Source.

In this role I and my Twin Flame work with millions of Galactic Humans in Government as well as millions of members of the Galactic Federation to bring about all necessary changes needed to put the "Master Plan", as it is known, into place.

This will effect all political, financial, military, medical, educational and industrial concerns on the Planet. When the US Federal Reserve is finally dissolved and the new Banking System is in place, as well as the Dark Ones removed from the Planet, we will be free to begin Self Governance.

After the Mass Landings when we reunite with you our Families, you can revisit the Stars where you came from, and when you have become acclimatized and trained to the new technology and new way of life, we will be ready to move more together.

When all inhabitants on Earth have their basic needs met and they remember who they are, and open their minds and hearts to Higher Truths, we will be ready to form a Co-consensus Reality together with our whole Galactic Family.

It will be at this time, some months after the Mass Landings that we will begin to meet to develop our Self Governance. There are Legal provisions we have developed that will go into place at the time of the "Announcements". This is called "The Reformation Act". As soon as it is announced, there will be immediate provisions that will go into effect.

As we carry out the New Law, other provisions will be put into place, such as re-indexing all Goods and Services, which will guarantee equitable treatment for all. There will be a restructuring of the Financial Institutions on Earth and New Laws which will govern them. These Laws will be enforced Worldwide and there is to be a 16 million Man Galactic and a 4 million Earth Militia in place, headed up by Sananda, with the Mission of maintaining World Peace.

Shortly after the "Landings", and the changes it brings, we will begin to work together for Earth's Ascension and Reunification with Source. Earth will be required to establish Laws which work in Harmony with Universal Law and the Cosmic Laws. Earth will at that time be invited back into the Galactic Arena as a full participant. Earth will have Representative Votes at the Galactic Council Meetings with the other Planetary Representatives. Earth will then be able to evolve and expand its Galactic Role for the first time in millions of years. We invite all of you to be aware of these changes as they happen. Become cognisant of the expanding role of Planet Earth.

We will walk together through the legal revitalisation. We will make a Government body which will include all Nations equally and meet the concerns for all involved, fairly. We will be committed to harmony and balance in all countries around the Globe. We will accept nothing less than World Peace. We will rebuild the infrastructure of our Government so that it works to enhance growth and evolution of Earth in the Galactic Governance. As all other Planets in this Local Group of this Solar System, the New Earth will be her own Sovereign Being with her own peoples, diversity, cultures and needs. These will be respected and maintained through the New Legal System which will be in harmony with Source. There will be a reestablishment of Higher Mind working with Love to solve problems and move the Earth forward in her evolution.

In the past, Earth has functioned as disembodied parts with no cohesive connection to Universal Mind. Earth also had a disconnect from Feminine and Masculine balance. In this duality setting, the Financial and Legal systems functioned in imbalanced ways.

Earth is being formed as "Terra Nova", connected to Source, with Love Consciousness, and acting as One Being. As we return Humanity to the One Race, which includes all Galactic species of hybrid Beings, living in Harmony together, we will govern as a cohesive intelligent group from Love. We will design our Legal System to make room for inclusiveness and fairness to all.

As we write the New Laws, governing as "One", we come into the Freedom that we have long missed. It is then we will experience this Galaxy Multi-dimensionally and we are restored to our former selves. It is then we are reunited with Source as One with All That Is. Earth will be free again to experience Cosmic Ascension in harmony with all in our Galaxy.

Lady Nada


5 December 2009: Commander Ashtar - Mark and Beth

Ashtar: I want everyone to see this aspect of the Galactic Federation. I want everyone to know that beaming your Light and being in your joy is going to be the most important thing you can do right now. Giving up hope is just what the Dark Forces want. We are going to stand in our joy knowing the changes we seek are happening. Every thought and every action effects everything else.

It is time to understand that there has been a war within the Illuminati to control Planet Earth for themselves and also other Planets as well. This is why the Gaia/Earth Conscious Collective called the Galactic Federation with the Secret Forces headed by Christ Michael and Sananda are working with Korton from Mars. The Planet needed Intergalactic help to overcome the threat. Earth has been made into a place where all the finances are hedged on bad paper and the population at large are slaves. The Annunaki [Nibiruans of the Battle Planet Nibiru, founders of Earth's Sumerian Empire and until recently the controlling influence behind the Dark Cabals] were working, up to 8/8/2009, hand in hand with Politicians and Bankers around the World, as well as the Biomedical Military Industrial Complex to control everyone. You are now in the process of watching this dissolve. These Annunaki still have Ships in Earth's orbit. Last week a very large Ship of negative ETs was taken out of the Planet's orbit and will not have access to come back. The Earth's vibration will eventually be 5D or above and their Ships will vibrationally not be able to penetrate the field of the atmosphere.

It is the Galactic Federation which has kept the U.S., the Germans, and the French and Russians from unearthing the Iranian "Intergalactic Star Gate". The International forces on Earth, are guarding the "Star Gates". The Annunaki have had control of certain Star Gates. They have been bringing their Motherships in and out of these Star Gates on Earth, the ones originally set by the Master Builders. They have used these up till recently to travel to other Worlds as well as to their underground Bases within the Inner Crust of Earth. They kept theses secret facilities out of sight below ground and had scientists working to manipulate every aspect of Human life.

There are those who are Galactic Lightworker Humans working undercover in the Pentagon who are acting as "Double Agents" for the Forces of Light. They are amongst those who are running things behind the scenes and are secretly in place and waiting for a signal from the Galactic Federation. Until that signal is given, they must act as if they are continuing to run the so-called War Machine. They must carry on doing this in order to hold their positions of rank and be ready in place to make the changes for Peace when the signal is given.

President Obama has met with the 1st World and 2nd World Leaders in closed door meetings. This is his part of the preparation for World Peace. They have been informed of their future roles. If they do not want to participate in the Master Plan, they have been given their "pink slip". They will be removed from their positions and have the corrective action that is right for them, their day in Court, and in some cases, removal from the Planet.

Not only did we have to arrest and remove any and all working with the Annunaki, we also had to remove the Annunaki Ships. They have now all been hindered from using the Star Gates. They have run out of places to hide. We have used teams from all Star Nations in the local Galaxy and you have met one such Team today. This Colony from Arcadia has been stationed at Sirius B and working with the Galactic Federation Teams doing surveillance and helping the delegation Teams as well as gathering intelligence to move the Master Plan forward. There has been much going on that has not been reported to you before.

When the Star Gates are clear, there can then be a mass influx of Ships, but only after the announcements of their existence are made by your Governments. There are only certain Members of the Galactic Federation willing to work in Earth's atmosphere with these renegade Ships still here. All the other Member Nations of the Intergalactic Galactic Federation will be free to come and go when we give the "All Clear".

This day is fast approaching. We ask you to be alert, be in joy, and continue to beam Love and Light as we finish the final steps in the Master Plan.

Salut! Ashtar. - Mark and Beth - www.GalacticRoundTable.com


26 December 2009: Esu [Jesus SANANDA] Speaks of the Coming New World - Jess Anthony

This is a time for truth, as you say, and a time for moving into a new recognition of the purpose of your existence on Earth. You are incarnated here to learn to be Co-creators with your Cosmic Creator, or "God", as you perceive Him. His purpose in creating this Planet and guiding it through all its history of turmoil and role as the seventh and final "Bestowal Planet" of Christ Michael was to provide a laboratory for his unique creations to grow and learn. This Planet has a distinctive purpose, and you all are here as his physical representatives to experience this dimensional paradigm. This experience is exacting, but you would not have volunteered to come here and experience it if you had had any qualms as to its power to overwhelm you ultimately. You knew it would be difficult, but you also knew that the lessons you would learn would be unlike anything you could experience anywhere else.

I will now speak more specifically about certain issues and topics. The Banking situation as it now appears is tenuous and built on an unreal foundation. There is no currency backing up the mountains of printed "fiat Dollar-bills" that are substituted for real monetary exchanges. This happened at the instigation of the Federal Reserve System through the Federal Reserve Bank in America. The metal based assets that were constitutionally determined to be the fiscal foundation of your Republic have long since been spent or traded away for hidden agendas. The creation of the paper Reserve Note was planned to be a believable substitute for what was no longer available. The fiscal exchange system with its loans and credit packages was all a subterfuge to trick the general public into paying more than it owed.

The only legitimate system of physical assets and metal based deposits is the vast collection amassed by the Office of International Treasury Control [OITC - A Bureau within the UN]. This sovereign entity is structured so that it can manage what truly is the bulk of global resources without governmental interference. This organization has only recently realized the need to have more efficient supervision of the management of its assets; an earlier, looser organizational structure allowed certain countries to manipulate OITC assets illegally. The money accrued through these fraudulent transactions has been confiscated and returned to the legitimate owners of the assets, the OITC. The governments, as a result, have been desperately trying to find substitute funds to continue programs they started with illegal investments. The amount of these illegal investments is extremely large and the amount of money now owed in exchange is beyond what is available for payment.

The global economy and financial system based on American Dollars is ready to collapse at any moment. This is known in many international circles, and all aware of this crisis are taking steps to preserve what they can of their own resources. Without the underpinnings of an assumed financial foundation, many who have depended on their paper assets will be forced to rethink what their purpose is in the face of new circumstances.

Warnings of this potential collapse have been consistently ignored. The only way to extricate many from the system will be for it to break up. Many are working with misgivings, and feel trapped in a system they did not design. These are ones that can have an invaluable role to play in a reorganized economic system based on fair exchange. Their contribution will take place as soon as the ground rules for a new system of payment have been established.

The idea of the "Stasis Event" is still in operation. The concept of pausing your Linear Time sequence to allow changes to be made beyond the scope of your current capabilities is the only alternative that will allow Earth to continue her "Ascension processes" without complete geophysical restructuring. We are not intervening to solve your cultural problems, but are assisting Earth to Ascend with you intact. You are part of the parameters that we are considering in determining when and how this assistance will be most helpful. Your benefit will be a higher frequency of energy to connect with your new Fourth-Fifth Dimensional physical environment. You will automatically function more efficiently and your clarity of assessment of your situation will be greatly intensified. You will be aware of the unity of Mankind. You will see the necessity of developing sustainable communities that work in symbiosis with the environment and with cultural organizations. You will understand how your personal identity fits into the larger picture and will seek to find ways to align yourself with this vision.

Your physical environment is so critically endangered at present that the assistance of the Galactic Federation Forces during the Stasis period will only address the most serious problems. Others issues will be left for Mankind to tackle, although with the continued advice and guidance of Spiritual Counselors. This interaction will be part of the redirection of Man's approach to recreating his existence on a transformed Earth. Old patterns will not work as effectively, and the need for spiritual collaboration will suggest new approaches that involve group decision making. Cultural structures will form the core of large associations. Representatives of the core structures will speak for the community in large associated groups.

Esu Immanuel Kumara [Jesus Christ/Sananda]


2 March 2010: Galactic Federation Regional Council on Sirius B - Sheldan Nidle

Mother Earth continues to be in her active state, busy making those adjustments that are required for the immense surface changes that lie ahead of her. The most important step is the process of stabilizing the borders of her tectonic plates in anticipation of fusing these currently movable surface plates. This operation has produced some syllable earthquakes in various places over the past year, and you may expect more of these in the coming months. Mother Earth is giving our Earth Allies a definite heads-up about what lies ahead for Humanity, and it is incumbent on all of you to accelerate what needs to happen before we can land. Meanwhile, we are fully prepared to come before you if the quickening Earth movements become too much for your global society. We monitor what is going on beneath us most carefully. Mother Earth needs to finish what she so patiently put on hold to give you time to realize your contributions to the changes. The changes are tied to broadcasts that can assist us if sudden landings become necessary.

Your economic difficulties are only just beginning. The amount of hidden debt is much larger than has been acknowledged and is reaching a point where it can utterly swamp your remaining financial assets. What is not known is that huge wealth held in sequestered trust funds and in a vast mountain of gold can easily reverse this dire state of affairs. Our Earth Allies have full possession of these assets and are ready to use them once the myriad Government changes become public. From our vantage point we have seen many attempts by the Dark Cabal to heist these assets from our Earth Allies, but these sorties all flopped. The Agarthans of Inner Earth and the Earth Allies together established levels of security and surveillance more than equal to any dastardly plots devised by the Dark. In a very short while, the Dark will be forced to admit what has long been obvious: the jig is definitely up! And the time to let go and accept the consequences is at hand. Then this great logjam that has been slowing things up can be swept aside and the longed-for changes can at last roll out!

Holistically, your reality sits at the very fulcrum of change. Your world is at the point where she must now merge her two aspects. Below Earth's outer crust is the Agarthan Civilization and its 5-D realm, while around you is the visible 3-D realm. This dichotomy has existed for nearly 13 millennia. This was allowed under the auspices of Heaven, and now she is following the Divine Decrees which explicitly state that this schism is to unite into one realm. This is something we gladly undertake. You have a potential as a people that is really quite astounding. Each of you represents the best of the fifty Star-Nations that originally colonized Lemuria. Some of you are to return with us to your respective home worlds, but most are to stay and colonize the other Water Worlds that make up this Solar System. The resultant new Star-Nation is to be one of the more important members of our Galactic Federation, and your tasks are to take you far beyond this Galaxy and to affect positively most of physicality. It is for this reason that we have come with a fleet of many millions of ships!

This huge Fleet is literally packed tight within your Solar System. Each day, different contingents of ships depart and arrive. We have had to set up a special Liaison Department to run the logistics of the myriad comings and goings of the Fleet; however, such an operation is something that this particular Science & Exploration Fleet is quite used to. We have often acted as the primary Fleet for welcoming new members to the Galactic Federation and establishing the protocols for the new Star-Nation to interact with the different fleets that make up our Galactic Federation registries. The daily interaction between our Liaison Group and the newest members to our Fleet is easily handled by us, and we have used this expertise to make arrangements for your future visits to our Motherships. These field trips are to be joyful occasions! We look forward to sharing our space homes with you, as we know that you will enjoy what you see, feel, and experience while aboard.

We plan to share our ships and our technology with you. Until then, there are technologies presently hidden away from you by your Governments that can help you better understand what we possess. Together, all these technologies can help Mother Earth in her transition to her new wholeness. It is this new reality that you are to reside in. Right now, Mars possesses vast underground technical facilities that are to be used to "Terraform" Mars into a Water World similar in general appearance to Mother Earth. Earth's near twin, Venus, is also being readied to transform into a Water World of the same elegant beauty as Earth. These three worlds will form the initial core of your new Star-Nation. Many of you are to travel to these two worlds once you are fully conscious. The Moons of Mars, each around a quarter the size of your moon, are to be rehabilitated once the Terraforming project is completed.

Venus was stripped of her two Moons by the same attack that ravaged Mars. The Galactic Federation is working with the Elohim to return her Moons from their present location in the Moon fields of Saturn. All this is part of creating a more equable setup for the Planets and Moons of the new Solar System. Earth is to be uprighted to 0 degrees of declination and Uranus moved by nearly 90 degrees to its former pre-attack position. In this new mode the thin, incandescent rings of Uranus will become more noticeable and take on a beauty not seen for nearly a million years. The breathtaking nature of your Solar System is a glorious gift from the Divine! The next miracle is the reconstituting of the long-destroyed Water World [Maldek] that we choose to call Pax, or Goddess of Peace. This world is to be three and a half times the size of Mother Earth!

Your changing Solar System is to become the center for a great deal of Galactic and Intergalactic activity. Your new Star-Nation is to play host to vital conferences that will integrate the forces of the Light and help to spread a great Joy to every part of physicality. We have watched the Dark pull out all the stops to prevent the advent of your new reality, but these tired old stratagems are almost at an end. Your Planet has a destiny of abundance, peace, and cooperation. You can sense in your heart that this reality we speak of is materializing. The old limited conscious realm is giving way to the new, and you can see this beginning to happen as one world leader after another decries the present conditions and boldly advocates the need for new forms of governance and a more equitable global economic system.


13 April 2010 - More Galactic Forces coming towards Earth - Commander Sohin of Alpha Spaceship

We are very happy to make an announcement, that is sure to make all of you tireless workers of the Light very happy. With the clear intention to increase the number of safety and defence mechanisms against the opposing Forces of the Dark, the Galactic Federation of Light has decided to increase the number of Mother Ships and vessels of medium and small size, which will be added to those that were already orbiting the Earth or in fixed positions and dormant at some point in space. The number of orbiting and dormant spacecraft will be increased to a number equivalent to 10% more than those already available for protection, purification and upliftment of all fauna, flora and humanity of your beautiful blue Planet.

To do this, in the next few hours we will begin the preparations so that the Mother Ships, medium and small, who were fulfilling their respective missions elsewhere in the Galaxy, can temporarily leave their activities and immediately join our forces of Light already present in this quadrant of the Milky Way Galaxy.

This decision was taken by the Council of the Intergalactic Confederation and transferred to the Galactic Federation of Light in order to become effective, and who are responsible for addressing this Milky Way Galaxy in particular.

So, you can receive this news with great joy and satisfaction, since this can mean an advancement in time towards the "First Contact" event, which will result in an unquestionable acceleration of the process of Ascension for Humanity on Planet Earth, as well as all of your related Kingdoms: the Devic, Elemental, Animal, Vegetable and Mineral Kingdoms. It is a matter worthy of celebration, that all Souls will finally see their elevation to higher levels (as a tangible fact) even earlier than expected!

We would also like to inform you that the efforts of all those who are working towards the upliftment and awakening of all your brothers and sisters, amongst the Humans on the Planet who we are proud to consider as our Allies, have had much to do with this decision taken by the Elders Council. Your momentum and faithful dedication has successfully convinced its wisest members that the outside help you have been receiving is well deserved, as is the increase in the number of forces concerned.

So congratulations, because this increase in our Forces of Light is due entirely to the hard work and the dedication of all of you, dear Lightworkers of peace, love, and justice. You have managed to convince the finest minds of the Galaxy/Local Universe that the timing for your Existential Upliftment, through your own merits, be advanced forward, which will more quickly sentence the fall of hegemony and control of the opposing forces of darkness upon you.

For the unstoppable advancing of the Light against the diminishing and regressive forces of Planet Earth! For our victory will be achieved after the combined efforts of you and us!

Peace, Love and Light. Commander Sohin of Alpha Spaceship - Channel: Kris-Won


20 April 2010 - Lord Siraya Speaks on Earth's Unique Place in our Grand Universe - Jess Anthony

Siraya [Chief Executive of the 7th SuperUniverse of Orvonton within our Grand Universe and a Spokesperson for the Universe's Trinity Father]:

I'm speaking to you as the Representative of the Trinity Father of the Paradise Isle. My work is as the voice for His ideas in what you call the SuperUniverse of Orvonton. I am the expression of the Trinity Father's intent and observations in this configuration of the Trinity. My words are His words, as a rule, although I am capable of voicing my own observations and guidance. I am the conduit for His energy to be expressed in this Seventh SuperUniverse manifestation.

I say all this to you to clarify my position as Spokesman, although my gender is more balanced and neutral than your word indicates. I am a link with The Trinity Father and His various Paradise Creator Sons that have formed Local Universes within this SuperUniverse. Your Christ Michael, ATON/Sovereign, is the Creator of this Local Universe of Nebadon, of which your Earth is a small but very significant part. Your Creator Son Michael argued the merits of his concept of Creation before the Hierarchy overseeing the growth of Orvonton, and he was granted permission to proceed. I spoke the words for the Trinity Father who represents our Cosmic Creator Source thus giving them Divine approval.

Part of this concept was the creation of Earth as a proving ground to train new Creator Sons [as part of Cosmic Creator's "Explorer/Creator Race on Planet Earth]. No more "Descending" Paradise Sons will be created to function as they were originally envisioned, and your Creator Son Michael persuaded his overseers to allow him to develop a Planet where "Ascending Sons" could begin training to assume that role sometime in the distant future. This was to be done by giving them free will to make their own choices in a situation purposefully separated from most Divine guidance. This experience, with only a minimal point of contact, would prepare them for any sort of contingency they might face. They would already have solved the problem, in effect, by acting as a Co-creator.

The lessons of this experiment have been learned through an existence that has been much more demanding than was ever imagined at the outset. The Lucifer Rebellion and the subsequent "quarantine" took separation and its possibilities to an unprecedented but logical level. Ultimately, being disconnected from God would make you think you were "God" with the ability to create your own existence. This was an illusion, but it created the upheaval you are aware of. It was allowed to play out its life cycle, however horrendous it may seem. Once it was set in motion, it couldn't be stopped short of uncreation of the Universe it was connected to. It was allowed to wind down to a manageable level of turmoil, although always with the presumption it would be reclaimed and put back on the course it had been destined for.

The worst betrayers of the truth of Christ Michael's Local Universe have been placed on Planet Earth to work through their sequences of choices in the hope they would return to a life of Ascendancy. Many others have incarnated with them to be Guides and examples, as they too have opted to struggle with the sense of separation from Divine Truth. This interaction has culminated in the spiritual stalemate that you have been experiencing the last few years. Although fewer have returned than Christ Michael ATON hoped, he has salvaged a large enough percentage to persuade him to rethink the total "closure" that seemed inevitable.

The end is inevitable because of the coming "Changes" to the Universe that Earth is part of. There is an immense clockwork of Galactic interactions that trigger changes and reactions that are all part of the "Grand Design of Growth and Ascendancy" that was built into Nebadon's creation. To continue as part of its Universal cog, Earth and its surroundings must change in sync with all the other parts. A natural process of growth and change would have resulted in Earth refashioning itself by total "geophysical" changes as well as a "Reversal" of Polar direction. This would have removed any elements that were blocking the Planet's "Shift", including anything living or created thing that was an obstacle to this change.

Typically a Planet would refashion itself with no regard for the existence that had developed on its surface. This was the fate that was expected for Earth. The frequency of its natural vibration had slowed to such a low level that it seemed counterproductive for those who had incarnated here to help awaken a spiritual awareness to persuade the misguided inhabitants to change.

Because Earth was Christ Michael's Seventh Bestowal Planet, and because his incarnation here earned him the right to be truly considered the "Sovereign of Nebadon" and final authority in determining its development, he decided to attempt its Ascension without the chaos that normally would ensue. Plans were drawn up to evacuate those who had reconnected with Christ Michael's vision of what the next phase of the Planet's existence would be.

This plan was reconsidered with the wave of victims and the out-swelling of support that that sprung up as a result of the 9/11 attack. For the first time, a sufficient portion of Earth's "Mass Consciousness" was unified and focused with healing compassion on a higher level of spiritual understanding. This "Unity of Awareness" convinced Christ Michael that the previous Plan for Earth's Ascension could be modified to account for those inhabitants that looked for a higher purpose and resolution. The Plan became one of allowing Man to ascend on Earth along with the Planet. This concept meant a drastic re-thinking of the process to allow Man to reach a level of awareness sufficient for his physical incarnation to be able to adapt to the higher frequency of energy that would be necessary to allow Earth to be renewed.

The last ten years have been a series of preparations and disappointments as the entrenched resistance on Earth proved more difficult to deal with than expected. Ultimatums have been ignored and the number of inhabitants waking up has been less than hoped. Earth has graciously held off a little longer to allow Man to catch up. This has reached a point in the Cosmic synchronization where delay is impossible for Earth and Man.

Christ Michael Aton has begun the series of events that will lead to "closure" of this phase of Earth's existence. No resistance will be forth-coming to natural geophysical changes, and they may occur as they are necessary. Man has chosen either to stay and work for the Planet's Ascension, or leave and continue elsewhere. Evidence of this sequence of events is becoming impossible to hide.

Look for the collapse of civilization as you know it and be prepared for upheavals on Earth that are unprecedented in known history. Many will leave and much of the Earth's surface will be changed. This is the necessary "closure" that is required to shift the direction and frequency of your existence.

Know that the events you will experience have a Universal "purpose", and that you who are staying here have chosen to take part in this unique development. You will be guided and supported by your Galactic family. You will be protected and relocated when necessary. You will be taught and be made aware of your history. You will see your place and recognize your purpose within the Cycle of Ascendency you are part of.

This is my explanation and my comfort in these last days."

Siraya, Spokesperson of The Trinity Father Creator, and Chief Executive of the Seventh SuperUniverse of Orvonton.


29 October 2010 - Christ Michael on the possible Stasis Period Scenario for 2013 onwards - Candace Frieze

There are about one million people that wish to stay within the Third Dimensional vibrational frequency who will eventually be populating that newly designated "New Planet" [the newly "terraformed" lower Dimensional 3D area of Venus], in addition to those 300,000 Earth Folk having already been placed there from 3D Earth. Not all one million of these Ones will be taken immediately to that "New Planet", but they will live aboard the evacuation Motherships and then be placed on the "New Planet" as soon as it is ready to accept them. They will know however, they are going there when it is explained to them following the Lift-off. There are also some others going to other Planets and these will be lifted also, but their numbers are less than those going to this special "New World" being prepared especially for their lower Dimensional capabilities.

Now, many of you have been curious about this "New Planet". It is in fact Venus, Dear Ones. I have thrown some hints of this in the early Phoenix Journals. We still keep it out of 3D sight and it's in a somewhat different orbit. Well, it is time for me to "spill-the-beans" here: the actual Real planetary body of Venus is in approximately the same orbit as Earth, Beloveds, but we have just kept it on the other side of the Sun - this is sometimes the cause of those Mobile-Planet Nibiru stories you hear.

We have said before that the Venus you all see, is in fact "Star Ship Venus". Just as Jupiter's revolution is kept so it stays out of view behind the Sun, so it is with Venus. Actually you have not witnessed the real Venus for a long time, as "terraforming" of the present 3-D physical surface is not an instant process. And the Planet was too close to the Sun for it's full "terraforming". [This does not include the existing 4-5D Venusian inhabitants living upon the surrounding Higher-Dimensional Planes of the Planet].

Now, Earth and Venus will continue to share the orbit for a long time. At some point in the future the orbits will be separated somewhat, as Earth will actually need to be a bit further out from the Sun. Mercury is being rotated out gradually more to the former orbit of Venus, as there will be "terraforming" started there eventually also. There is a small "Inner Planet" that I believe we have mentioned before and your scientists know of it, that will be gradually moved into Mercury's orbit.

All the orbits of your Solar System's Planets, right through to Mars, will be adjusted over time. It is totally possible for life-bearing Planets to share the same orbit or nearly so. If you have read any of "The Urantia Book" about the Architectural Spheres, you know that this occurs with them. Of course those ones don't have Suns like you do in the "Evolutionary Solar Systems", but nevertheless, Planets can follow each other in the same or close orbit. It's easily done. In fact in Solar Systems with several Planets with life on them, it has to be that way, so they have the same energies. Mars, will also eventually be in approximately the same orbit with Earth and Venus. They can be staggered a bit according to the needs of the Planet and it's size. But they will not be so widely separated as the current orbits are.

We are remodeling this entire Solar System into an "Eternal" System, and as Man becomes more Human than he currently is, he will need some more living room, since poor little Planet Earth cannot by herself handle all these people.

Another reason I am talking here about the removal of those who need to remain in their present physical form, before the Mini Stasis or at the beginning of the Mini Stasis, is not all of you have chosen to stay with Planet Earth. Some of you will find yourselves definitely aboard a Mothership, rather soon now, and don't pack anything as we have everything you need!

Those that can be dematerialized ["Teleported"], will be, others have to step into the beam, so if a lot of small Scout-craft show up, board ship immediately. If you wish for their identification first, just ask, but if you have a sky full of craft, you can safely assume this is what is truly going on. However, if you accidentally board ship and you are staying with Planet Earth, have no worry. Because actually some other folks staying with the Planet are going to be removed early on too, which brings me to this final topic of the night.

All of you staying with Planet Earth after "Stasis" will in fact be removed at some point, all one billion of you. But we are taking the Ones going to other places first, and then the other of the Earth's future one billion will be brought to the Motherships at intervals during the Major Stasis period, and they must awaken onboard ship, due to the conditions on the Planet at that time. Everyone who is staying is going to get a personal "education" during the Stasis period, before they return to Earth. When we do the wakeup on the Planet from the Major Stasis period, these ones will not necessarily be waking up wherever they dropped off to sleep, and of course, those who live where the damage will be huge can't return to their homes anyway.

The "Survivors" will already KNOW what happened and that THEY are the winners. This will help insure our further progress. On the other hand, those of the nearly 100,000 Lightworkers will be removed much sooner, as soon as we have everything stable and are ready. Initially the Fleet will be very busy. Those that are likely to become Regional Directors and other higher levels will obviously be removed even earlier.

The one billion "Survivors" will return to the Planet quite consciously and many actually will for a time probably be housed in the underground and Inner Earth areas first. The surface housing remaining may not be in very good shape. This means that those of you "attending upon" the Stasis as Lightworkers, will actually be doing some planning with the other "Survivors" near the latter part of the Stasis period. Most of the one billion "Returnees", will likely be removed from the "Sleep" of Stasis to a Mothership in the last year or so, but some others will be awakened possibly earlier, those that have some "Leadership" potential.

Now, IF we have the Mini Stasis, followed by a short period of announcements before the Major Stasis, we will be removing the Dark Ones of this world, as we have said before, by simply removing them. Some are going to other "Prison Worlds" or the "Void Planet". We will pick them up in the Levitation Beams, during the Mini Stasis. Their bodies will not survive that process. They are too much of the Darkness. It's that simple, and they are each known to us, every one of them. Their Souls, however, will be picked up and taken to wherever they are going, which in most cases will be by incarnating by birth as cavemen within the beginnings of a new primitive civilization on a specially prepared 3D Planet for them.


26 December 2011 - Jesus/Esu on the forthcoming "Stasis Process" - Jess Anthony

We have fully made the preparations for the "Stasis Process" [suspended animation], but it is not time to be activated yet. Although that time has not been determined precisely, everything is in position and can move into action when required.

We can now speak about the logistics, because I know all of you are curious about this. The spaceships will be moving into place to cover an arc of 180 degrees. This allows the ships to move in parallel and work their way around the complete circle of the Earth, East to West, following the Sun. The depth of the beam they will use is about a degree of longitude. This focus is not a problem, because they can change positions quickly. It only takes a few minutes to trigger a Stasis condition in one particular place. As was said in other situations, the frequency of the beamed energy causes the vibration that activates the cells to be transformed into a frequency that matches the one being beamed [i.e. 4D]. This new frequency is not compatible with the 3D range of frequencies that make up the present structure of your physical existence. Once this frequency changes, your individual energy frequency moves into a place that has no interaction with the original frequency.

This disconnect from the current existence frequency creates the illusion of you being "paused". Once you are "paused", so to speak, we can maneuver your energy with our new range of energy frequencies. We can move you around easily and quickly, if we need to. Energy is fast moving, as you know. We can disassemble and reassemble you with no difficulties.

The notion that you will be beamed up to the Motherships is more of an energy exchange than a physical lifting, as you would have probably imagined it to be. Remember your physical body here is ultimately composed of just an energy force vibrating at a specific range of frequencies. You may have the belief that it is solid, but it actually is just a moving vibrational energy of atoms. This vibrational energy carries information memory-archives [as in packets of digital notation information sent through the Internet, to be reassembled at the other end back into their original form] and these are then used to create your individual identity characteristics. You all have an Etheric template that you build on to experience various interactions with other energy patterns. This Etheric template is what makes it appear to you that you are physically in contact with another person. We can control the frequencies of your energy packets, so that your actual appearance is the result of the frequency band in which you have agreed to work within.

The timeframe is difficult to describe. Once a particular segment of the globe goes into Stasis, time stops at that point. Midnight, for instance, is always midnight because there is no later time to measure it against. In that way, Stasis can be imposed in a way that seems almost instantaneous. The explanation doesn't seem logical, I realize, but remember that "time" is an artificial measurement you have constructed to gauge your existence linearly.

Once you wake up, you will find many things have changed. You will have been changed to the new prevailing frequency, and many of your global environmental problems will have in the meantime been alleviated. There is no way that Man alone could tackle some of the critical environmental issues that are facing the Planet. We don't want these to reach the point where they could. It would be very difficult to resolve the physical crises that would then result.

This Stasis is an "intervention" of sorts to allow Gaia/Mother Earth to prepare for the new physical configuration that is necessary. As part of that, many of the toxic situations will be removed by us. This will entail physical changes and destruction of many of the structures that Man has previously constructed. That is unavoidable because many of the 3D templates used cannot be acclimated to a higher energy frequency. Stable structures in the Third Dimension are not so reliable in the Fourth or higher. We have to set everything up properly for your true Ascension.

Esu/Jesus SANANDA


12 January 2012 - "Wanderer of the Skies" Galactic Federation Mothership

Greetings from the Galactic Federation:

What must come to pass is presently being discussed at the highest levels of your World Governments, behind closed doors and through emissaries to the various other Governments around the World. As time draws closer to the inevitable, your Leaders are aware that they cannot stop the tide of E.T.and UFO "Disclosure" sweeping over your Planet. They know that they will either be swept away by this tide or they must decide to take the reins and make the Disclosure their own. Their ability to waffle on this topic amazes even us as we see them fight among themselves for a common ground. Once reached, someone inevitably backs off and the process starts all over again. We wait in the background for what must be done, if not done so by your own people.

You will have noticed a slight decrease in the "sightings" of late although those sightings that have made it to your news have been of a more spectacular nature. This is about to change. We are now in another stage of the disclosure process wherein the revealing of our craft to you will become more pronounced.

A Major Meeting of all factions of the Galactic Federation has recently been held. This was a very big event, not only in numbers but also in importance. It was the final Preparation Meeting of all involved to go over every detail of the coming events, including the political, social, religious, emotional, mental, and physical ramifications of the "Disclosure Event". This meeting was held aboard one of our great Spaceships, a living machine so large as to dwarf your understanding of construction. Although the physical space was not really necessary to this process as we have telepathically discussed much of these issues, from time to time, we convene physically to resolve issues better dealt with in that fashion. Among those represented were Earth Humans [whilst in their physical "Sleep Mode"], who voiced their opinions about coming events and whose opinions were held in the highest regard.

Although you have been beset with many setbacks over the years, we are excited by the prospects of the coming months and what this has in store for all of us. Bring yourselves to feel once again your excitement for the times in which you have chosen to live and the manner in which you have awoken to the truth. Your thoughts will create waves which will act as beacons for the truth and this truth will return to you powerfully.


25 January 2012 - Melina from The Ashtar Command - Greg Giles

Hello, I am Melina, and I would like to share a few words with you through our channel Greg Giles today. I am a female officer of the Ashtar Command. My command involves the procurement of space travel related equipment and supplies. These articles are necessary for certain types of our craft to travel through space. The supplies are shipped to awaiting freight shuttle-craft where I then command our Mothership to rendezvous with the shuttle-craft and transfer the goods to our Mothership's storage holds. This equipment is vital to our mission and must be delivered at regularly scheduled intervals to allow us to maintain our Mothership and carry out our duties. I have been a member of the Ashtar Command for many eons, and I look so forward to meeting so many of our new recruits from your world. We are very excited to finally meet so many of our Human family face-to-face, and we are in our final stages of preparations for this Historic Meeting. Many of you have clearly demonstrated your ability to accept us and your willingness to work with us in a mutually beneficial cooperation. Through your example, we are confident so many more of your planetary brothers and sisters will begin to accept us, and even begin to work with us either directly or indirectly in the days ahead.

This is the plan of the "Disclosure Event", to meet with a select number of you while these meetings are recorded and shared to the rest of your world through your media outlets that are, or will be, willing to work with us. We understand how much competition is involved with your media outlets, and we feel the news of our presence coupled with film footage of us working with many of you will garner much attention and viewership for those outlets that choose to cover these many events. We will allow those media companies access to our ships, and they may film our operations inside some of our many craft and even take flight with us as we travel through your world and even out of your world into space. We feel many of your Planet will be very interested in this coverage, and we feel the edge in competition gained by the media companies who choose to cover and truthfully report our presence and our mission here will persuade many other media outlets who will remain reluctant for a time to begin their coverage of this historic cooperation as well.

We look so forward to this day, and we fully understand many of our Lightworkers are growing impatient with the progress of our joint Mission. We say to you that from our vantage point events are transpiring smoothly and efficiently, and much is being accomplished on an almost daily basis. There are rarely any days that do not see much progress, and some of the obstacles that are removed are quite large and are a cause for much celebration in themselves. We of course wait only to celebrate with you, our brothers and sisters, and this celebration will take place and all that has been assured will be yours. Remain ever faithful. Remain ever vigilant. Continue in your service to others and your mission. You all are doing an incredible job, and we, the men and women of the Ashtar Command, are truly amazed at the tremendous strides you are all making. You are truly changing your World, and we see the advancements your efforts are creating each and every day. Seeing the progress you are making warms our hearts, and we wish you to know that soon all your efforts will pay off in the most spectacular of ways.

I am Melina, an officer of the Ashtar Command, and it has been a pleasure to speak with you today. Soon, we will have the opportunity to speak in person and work together on a more personal level. Until then, be well, and remain true to your mission.

As channeled through Greg Giles - ascensionearth2012.blogspot.com


7 February 2012 - A Visit to the Neptune Mothership by John Lear

On the 30th of January 2012, a ten day group visit to the Neptune Mothership was arranged between Steve Bekow on his weekly Radio Show "An Hour with an Angel", in a channeled communication with Grener, the Neptune's former Commander and now President of the Intergalactic Council, set for the 4th of February 2012. Steve Bekow suggested to Grener taking up a group of 20 persons, but after putting up a "Visit Request List" on his Website he soon had a list of over 350 wanting to be taken up. He finally agreed with Grener on a limit of about 120, but when the day for lift-off came, the trip was unexpectedly cancelled by Grener as he felt it had all got too much out of hand. Serious concerns had apparently arisen on the Mothership over causing stress and panic to many Earth families by some on the list who had not properly informed their relatives of their 10-day disappearance and activities. Even more serious was that Earth's "Authorities" were now secretly keeping a close watch on all participants. Grener did in fact take up a selected group of 25 on his own list, among whom was John Lear, the son of the founder of the LearJet Aviation Company, an experienced commercial pilot and well-known UFO and ET researcher. The following is a reputed dispatch John Lear made directly from the Neptune Mothership:

02/04/2012 - John Lear from the Neptune Mothership.

It was a long tour. It's a big Mothership.

I was picked up alone in a limo. We were taken to a rural area just outside the city where a transport craft was waiting and there were 12 others who came also.

The ETs are Human but in a much better shape than us. So far they have taken us to some sort of ship adjustment chamber where we stayed for about 25 minutes [temporary frequency upgrading to the Fifth Dimensional vibration rate]. Now we are in a large open area with trees and green grass that looks like a park, but much more beautiful - its like being outside with a simulated sky. We are suppose to get a tour of the ship in about a half hour. I can't wait...

We have just left the park and now we are back on an observation deck.

I've just been informed we are leaving for a tour of the Mothership. Which means I won't be able to post for a while - I will post when I return from the tour.

Later: A literal flying city. Sorry I didn't report back sooner. I was exhausted. The amount of wonderous things I saw and all the information I learned can really tire one out. Anyway only a small number of folks were actually picked up - 25 that I counted personally. It was told to us that Mr Steve Beckow and a lot of others could not be picked up at this time due to the fact that Mr Beckow had made all of this too public.

It was supposed to be a behind the scenes first step. But with all the attention on Mr Beckow it was almost impossible for them to retrieve him and most of the others as there were safety concerns. We were told that Mr Beckow and others were put under surveillance after all this became so public against the wishes of those on the Neptune Mothership. Mr Beckow made this far too public and had some unsavory intelligence types watching his every move. There was no way they could have picked him up without incident, is what we were told. But they said they do appreciate all the work he has done and he will be contacted personally at the first possible time when it is safe to do so.

And I can assure you this trip was most definitely not canceled. It was revised and made smaller. You guys have got to remember there are some very powerful people that don't want this open contact between our space family and us to take place. Especially by-passing the "Official Government Channels". Might we actually learn the truth for ourselves without Government Officials filtering it first? Their reaction was inevitable. As for Mr. Beckow, hopefully he learned an important lesson. This was for his own safety. When the time is right he will be told that in fact the trip was a success and finally be able to see the fruits of his labors.

Today I am allowed to take photos and post them back via the Earthnet. I have a few mandatory training exercises I need to go do but I will check back in later. This is all so surreal.

Can't believe this is actually happening. I have taken over 200 photos. However the terminals on the ship don't have a USB port so I will ask the Adviser assigned to me my best option for uploading some of these photos the next time I see her. You should see the clothes these people wear - quite cool.

Anyway I have already become addicted to the gravity-free game court - so much fun floating around. The rest of the ship has artificial gravity, but they have told us it is only at 83% of what it is on Earth so it feels quite nice actually and a bit different. Do you want to hear something funny? When I first tried to post an e-mail to Earth yesterday I got a message "Banned from GLP" from the ship. God knows what ISP range they are using. Anyway it took a few attempts before I was finally able to post. This isn't my normal GLP ID. So whatever those other threads are seems like an attempt by the Dark Cabal to derail this at every chance.

Speaking of the Dinner we had, there are literally thousands of options to choose from, including Earth cuisine. I tried some exotic stuff - some form of seafood from a Planet they call Octuria, but was not able to eat it. But a lot of the food is very similar to what we eat, and then some isn't. We have been told that tomorrow we will be taking a tour of this local part of the Galaxy, starting with a stop at each Planet in this Solar System. So far we have just remained in orbit around the Earth. Tomorrow should make for some really interesting photo opportunities. And I have been assured I will be able to upload the photos I have taken. But a more interesting option is that I will be able to use one of their 'image capturing devices' to take pictures which somehow will make uploading them instantaneous. Exciting times friends.

02/05/2012

Last night we left the Solar System to go on a most amazing tour of this corner of the Galaxy. The one thing that I kept thinking to myself was of that quote from Jesus: "In the House of my Father there are many Mansions". Indeed there are. Today I saw wonders that yesterday I could not have possibly imagined - simply unreal - but the thing is - it IS real. I feel much much happier. I have a totally different perspective to what this all is, and it is just amazing.

My fellow Humans from Earth. We have been cheated and abused in the worst possible way. We have been enslaved through corrupt governments and are given just enough to survive. We are brainwashed into believing this is a world of scarcity. But I can tell you with no doubt that this is a Universe of abundance! We have been robbed of living and enjoying life and all the wonderment that should go along with that. They have told me that indeed the Elite of the Earth have had propulsion and energy systems that would have turned the Earth into a paradise 50 years ago. But that they have withheld this from the peoples of Earth in the name of greed and control. Out of their fear of losing control and losing their self appointed place of authority. NO LONGER. This will all end this year.

John Lear on the Neptune Mothership.

It subsequently appears that Grener's select group of 25 visitors from Earth have been collectively sworn to withhold any reports on their visit until after the last remnants of the insider ring of the Dark Cabal have been finally put into custody. Readers might interested in a later communication (23 July 2012) from the Neptune Mothership describing their onboard Healing Chambers by a Crew-member Healing Technician named Phalia. This can be read from the "Healing Chambers on the Neptune Mothership" Link at the end of this Book II.


30 April 2012 - Declan of the Pleiades: An Ambassador of Peace and His Perspective On Disclosure - Through AuroRa Le.

I am Declan, a Pleiadian and an Ambassador of Peace with the Galactic Federation of Light. At this time, I function as one of many who operate as Cultural Liaisons, if you will, at this time when we seek to make our presence known to you, in the not-so-distant days to come. Ours are Light Teams, arriving as scouts with the intention of studying and assessing your changing social climate. Walking the walk and getting the lay of the land, as you would say. Being Humanoid Pleiadian, we are able to blend in. We are able to adjust our physical vibrations and take the necessary steps which allow us to visit for very short periods - a day or less - and move among the populace unnoticed. For the most part, our physical appearances are much the same, and this fact alone should speak volumes! We travel to Earth in order to determine when the timing will be right for the "Great Reveal". Do you feel you are ready? Do we feel that you are at a place in your development where you can effectively handle both the ups and downs of Disclosure?

Light Teams are everywhere; in every country, city, cultural and ethnic grouping. We number in the thousands, and embark from the fleets of ships which are sheltered by the lovely cloud formations in your skies. Unseen by Human eyes are also hidden Stargates, which enable us to come and go in such a way as to cause no fright nor raise an alarm. We interact with you in ways that will allow us to thoroughly study your progress, and empathetically experience and address your most pressing thoughts and concerns; your hopes and dreams for the New Earth. In this way we may also live the linear experience first hand. Many of our teams bring with us Brethren of differing planetary origin, other than Pleiadian, who are possessed of the grand ability to shapeshift their form at will, yet still tolerate the discomforts of the Third Density. In a lighter vein, you may look upon us as Galactic tourists, engaged merrily on holiday, partaking of the native fare and soaking up the local color. After all, Earth was originally deemed "The Vacation Planet".

Referring back to the topic of Disclosure, we see those in our ranks, of a decision-making capacity, vacillating back and forth about the timing of such an important step. This would account for the many "missed" opportunities that have passed by, quiet days with seemingly nothing of note going on. I can assure you there have been many, the most recent of which occurred this February past. Trust me when I say that we wholeheartedly desire for Disclosure to occur, and we are closely charting your progress in order to determine when the time for our reunion is right. The research and findings of the Light Teams will aid in determining the safest time for us to step out of the background and make ourselves known to our families on Earth. It is far less about what is convenient for us, but more our valid concern about the panic our sudden appearance could cause, along with the following ensuing chaos.

Oh, I can see and hear what you're thinking: "Tell us what your teams are actually learning about us, Declan. What do you believe would happen if we had Disclosure right now?" And I say to you that Mankind is close, so very close, but the time is not right at this very moment of today. You must remember that all of Humanity is not at the same level of awareness as many of you who are reading these words. We happily see you embracing your Divinity in an ever-expanding, rapidly ascending manner; something we find quite remarkable, really. The Planet you live on is a colorful mosaic of differing cultures. There are certain areas of your Earth where it's inhabitants have been ready for Disclosure for quite some time - the indigenous people being an example of this. And of course there are all of you, the Lightworker community, who wait with baited breath for us to shed our cloaks and illuminate your skies. Your faith in us, and infinite patience warms our hearts and is respected by all who know you. Know also that your chosen roles as "Awakeners" is the very thing which brings the day of Disclosure closer, and the Ascension process to it's full fruition. Your tireless diligence is bringing Humanity together, and one by one they will all surely come to the Light. We are just as anxious, maybe more so, for our reunion to come about, as from where we sit we can see the whole picture. However, do not forget that as magnificent and Love-filled as our reunion will be, there is also a potentially less attractive flipside.

Your dear Human Brethren have been blinded and misled for so long that many are unable to discern fact from fiction. Approach them with compassion and know that it is by no fault of their own. So many still struggle beneath the weight of crippling dogma, fear, lack, and poor self-worth. Illusions, all. They are part and parcel of the web of false matrices which are at this moment being dismantled by you, piece by piece. These Dear Souls cannot remember their own perfection. They cannot wrap their minds and hearts around even the most remote possibility that what you and I are saying is true. Very, very soon the mirage will vanish and all they think they have ever known will disintegrate to dust before their eyes. They will feel betrayed, hurt, embarrassed, foolish for believing a lifetime of untruths. For some, their pain will cause them to act out in violence and aggression. They will feel completely justified in this. Destructive emotions such as these have the potential to spread like a contagious disease, and the very last thing we should ever want is for the shock of our appearance to add fuel to the proverbial fire. Do know that we are even now doing much to minimize the effects of the "Changes" taking place upon your Planet. But we must tread gently. We must allow for more to place themselves on the enlightened path. We must do what is best for all beings of Earth.

The Old Guard is perched at the edge of a precipice which is set to give way at any moment. It is inevitable. Your true history is slowly coming to be known. It is our deepest desire to be by your side at this time, standing hand in hand. You are our family. I, Declan, have walked incarnated, as you have, for so many lifetimes. I have walked miles upon the soil of Gaia. How well I recall the power of Human emotion. Love and loss, elation and sorrow, comfort and pain, passion and loneliness. Invaluable lessons, every one. Indeed, they each serve to make us stronger. I come forward today to remind you of our kinship and to reassure you that we are here, so close, and in your lives in ways that you might never have imagined. Stay strong, and be in peace.

http://theangeldiaries.org/


23 May 2012 - Christ Michael: The Three Days of Darkness - "An Ascension Wake-up Call for Humanity" - Candace Frieze

The "Three Days of Darkness" was planned long ago as part of the full movement of Planet Earth into the coming "Wave" of the Photon Belt at the "End Times". It is also has often been used in the past as a useful time for ridding a Planet of the "Dark Forces", which is often done in conjunction with a period of "Stasis" so that Ones who have elected to go through this event in full conciousness do not have to witness the removals.

The "Stasis Period" will commence shortly after the initial few days of the "Three Days of Darkness" and so the populace will only be aware of it briefly. Many of you Lightworkers may be aboard the Motherships during that time to be briefed. We will commence the "Teaching Period" after the full Stasis Period.

This has been long prophesied and we have now come to the point, following all other attempts that otherwise have gone without understanding. Everyone on the Planet will of course be forced to notice! This is a Divine Operation in nature, not through the needs of Nature itself, so everyone will know, in whatever beliefs they have of "God", that this is indeed of God. The final timing of this Event will occur on my sole direction, based on the multiple conditions at the time, including the WAVE [The Photon Belt].

It is shame on you Dark Ones that it has had to come to this, and many of you are already judged by the Courts and will be facing your removal, and in many cases your uncreation. WE always win Dear Dark Brothers, and you have lost your "Dark Game".

Christ Michael, Sovereign of the Local Universe of Nebadonia [our Milky Way Galaxy].


14 July 2012 - Esu/Jesus SANANDA on Removing the "Dark Ones"

Beloveds, stand in your patience for the coming "Changes". I know this is tiring, but put yourself in our shoes, or mine at the moment. I am in charge of a very large military operation that is most necessary at this time. You may see some odd quakes around as we are taking out more Alien Bases and it is useful for us to finish that task, if possible pre the forthcoming "Three Days of Darkness".

There are energies in them that need to be neutralized so as to not effect damage during the Stasis Period that we do not wish. These underground Bases are powered by mostly nuclear energies and need tactful handling. I am only reporting this to give you some detail. We are puling out the reactors and removing them. Some of these Bases are even "normal" underground installations that run on nuclear power which could blow up during the Stasis Period. There is more to occur during the removal of the Dark Ones, and the details of which I cannot give you at this time. Lets just say that the removal process includes removing more than people and let it go at that.

Keep your lives going and stop living in the future that is not here yet! And always have preparations no matter where you live, for temporary discomforts, as there is still to come the likelihood of much extreme weather and perhaps some extreme quakes.


21 December 2012 - Tara of the New Jerusalem Mothership - Shellee-Kim

Tara: Things are about to get moving now in no uncertain terms. Indeed, Mother Earth's time has come. Are you prepared, Beloveds? Inside and out?

It has been decided that very shortly we are to make our presence known, very openly. Your skies will be filled with our Fleet's vessels and many will look upon this in wonderment, in bewilderment. This is a necessary next step in the current plan.

There were several scenarios, but this is the one we have decided to go with. The one that would potentially have the most positive impact upon the people of your world. The Dark will, of course, try their hand at creating distractions and diversions through their attempted psy-ops plans, which will not succeed.

There are some of you who are to be called and brought to ship slightly earlier than planned originally. A pre pre-preparation, if you like. It has become necessary due to the ever so slight change in plans that you, the forerunners [Lightworkers], will help to implement.

The Ascension of Planet Earth on the 21st of December 2012

The original "Three Days of Darkness - Ascension Wake-up Call" Plan (3DD) first announced by Christ Michael during the Summer of 2012 was postponed and has had to be put forward for a much later time. Among the many difficulties on allowing Planet Earth to fully enter the Photon Belt, which the Galactic Federation Forces can in fact delay, was the continued intransigence of the last hold-out Inner circle of the Dark Cabal, who in their desperation at losing control of Earth, repeatedly attempted to promote as many serious disruptions as possible. An example of one of their many recent attempts to disrupt Earth's Ascension was to try and jump-start World War III through engineering a conflict between Iran and Israel. This could have then spread outwards, drawing in neighbouring countries as well as the USA, Europe and Russia. Nevertheless, the Galactic Federation and Christ Michael have constantly monitored their plans, and would have never allowed them to reach fulfilment. Only recently have the major players at last been "contained" and no longer have the power to seriously disrupt things. Another factor in attempting to put the previous 3DD Plan in action were the difficulties of coordinating events within a large Galactic Federation Force, with their Fleets of Motherships (over 13 million spacecraft) being parked within our Solar System for up to twenty years! Naturally some had divided opinions on the best course of action to take, pulling this way and that, resulting in endless discussions taking place aboard those Motherships. There were also some physical difficulties in undertaking certain new untried solar and planetary adjustments. Thus it was that the 3DD Stasis Plan had once again be postponed so as to not disrupt Mother Earth's personal Ascension Plan for the 21st of December 2012.

However, it should also be realised that all of the Galactic Federation and Christ Michael plans will ultimately be sanctioned, and the final timing determined by our own Cosmic Creator, who particularly at this time is taking a very great interest in Planet Earth's Ascension, as well as the ultimate "Prime Source" Creator, responsible for all of the creation undertaken by the appointed "Creator Gods" within this area of the Cosmos. This "Event" in fact forms a vital part of the conclusion of our Cosmic Creator's "Explorer/Creator Race" Experiment on Earth, in which the many Explorer/Creator Race volunteer members are participating in a unique "School of Resolving Sources of Conflict" to assist in the final resolution of the Duality of Light versus the Dark in this Universe. This includes a source of dark evil which infiltrated the outer Galactic regions of our Grand Universe and eventually our own Milky Way Galaxy, also known as the Local Universe of Nebadon (more on this in Chapter 10, Book I). Our small Planet has been chosen to be the final focus point for the resolution of all the evil which has bedevilled our Galaxy and caused numerous internal Galactic Wars. Thus all of the other Universes are watching this significant event with very great interest. From their learning experience the Explorer/Creator Race Members will later use their newly developed skills and strengths to fan out throughout the Universe to assist any Planets who might in future need their help or prevent any situations that might further develop into new sources of Darkness. Many of the Explorer Race Members, as a result of their extensive experiences and training in this task may well have by then become qualified to be future Cosmic Creators themselves. (More about the "Explorer/Creator Race" is to be found in the Explorer Race Books, see Link below).

Our Cosmic Creator of this Grand Universe, following this crucial time has stepped in to take a more direct control of the Galactic Federation Council's Plans. These "Divine Orders" are first of all agreed with Christ Michael as Sovereign of Nebadon and then relayed to the Galactic Federation Forces through its local Fleet Commander, Ashtar, as well as through Jesus-Sananda and Archangel Michael. However, we on Earth, along with Christ Michael, must therefore wait upon our Creator of this Grand Universe for His determination of when He considers it to be the correct time for the final implementation of the Ascension Process.

Planet Earth has been slowly approaching the immensely powerful range of Celestial transformative energies, known as the "Wave/Photon Belt", into which Earth will soon be fully entering. Meanwhile some of these intense energies are already being being beamed down upon Planet Earth in order to upgrade our 3D vibrational rates up to the 4th Dimensional level. These intense beamed energies first began to noticeably impinge on us in mid August 2012, continuing to strengthen through the 12-12-12 Portal up to the 21st of December 2012 deadline in order for Earth's ensouling Planetary Being, Mother Earth/Gaia, to Ascend her own Consciousness up to the Fifth Dimension. This 21st of December 2012 date also marked the long prophesied "End of Age" date point when Planet Earth finally aligned herself with the Galactic Core of our Milky Way Galaxy, also the final End Date as given in the Mayan Calendar. This is not just the ending of one significant 26,000 year long "Galactic Age", but also of a combined total of four concurrent Galactic Ages of 26,000 years each, together making it into a Major Galactic End of Age! For Planet Earth's Humanity it was also the start of our new "Aquarian Age", following on from the previous "Pisces Age" begun at the time of the birth of Jesus Christ.

A large part of Earth's Humanity did in fact go through the Inauguration of its Ascension Process during their sleep period on the 21st of December 2012, where we made a final commitment at the Spiritual level to either "Ascend" to the Fourth Dimension or carry on at the existing Third Dimensional level on perhaps some other 3D World. This was when the majority of Humanity went through a final "Soul Review" as to their ability at this time to "Ascend", and those that were indeed prepared to do so had an initial "Seed of Ascension" planted within them during that sleep period. Many of the more advanced Souls who were already prepared to move up to the 5th Dimensional level, including the ensouling Being of Planet Earth, Lady Gaia, did so at this point. However, there are also many others who specifically came to 3D Earth as "Lightworkers" from their former Home 5D Worlds in order to assist Earth inhabitants to Ascend at this time. They could at this time have easily moved up to the 5D Earth or else returned to their Home Planets, but instead they have chosen, on their Higher Spiritual awareness levels, to return to the new refurbished 4D Planet Earth Plane to continue their Mission.

There will be up to a third of Earth's present Humanity returning to the 4D New Earth for a fairly long period of time on the newly cleansed Planet before qualifying to move up to the Fifth Dimensional New Earth.

Although the 21st of December 2012 may well have triggered the long awaited Ascension process up towards the Fourth Dimension, we may yet need to finally go through a final "Long Stasis" period, as has been also outlined by Christ Michael and Esu/Jesus in their previous messages. This "Long Stasis", possibly lasting anywhere between two and four years in Earth experiential time, is when the much needed Earth Changes and cleansing will be undertaken by the Galactic Federation in cooperation with Earth's Lightworker volunteers. Meanwhile the majority of the remaining inhabitants will be safely "asleep" in Stasis. This major "Cleansing" will include a clean up of Earth's polluted environment, as well as dealing with all the necessary adjustments resulting from the Pole axis changes inducing a sinking and rising of new land-masses, including the re-emergence of the Continent of Atlantis.

Following the Earth Changes and the "Long Stasis" period, Jesus SANANDA will be descending in the long-prophesied "Second Coming" to the 4D New Earth for a period as Planetary Prince/Regent. One of the roles the Planetary Prince will be fulfilling is to oversee the implementation and the upholding of 4D Earth's new World Constitution. Earth's new Constitution will not only lay down the basic rules, obligations and limitations on Earth's Governments, but will also enshrine the basic code of all future Human conduct as: "Do that which you wish to do providing it does not harm others". This will bring forth a new moral attitude amongst all Humans of "Service to Others", of caring for others and also of all other creatures and life forms, rather than their present majority attitude of "Service to Self".

It will also ensure that day-to-day governance by Earth's Leaders is conducted with honesty, propriety and in full accordance with the supreme Constitutional Principle: the Principle that each should be free to develop his or her own personality to the full, the only restrictions upon this freedom being those which are necessary to enable everyone else to do the same. This Principle can be summed up as: "Freedom up to the point where you do not infringe the freedom of another".

This fundamental Principle is explored in "The New Earth" Book III and also in the book "The Principle of Liberty" (see link below) in terms of historical background, constitutional development, procedures of governance, and the practical application of the Principle in personal relationships, trade and commerce, and in our use of the shared natural resources of our host Planet.

And so in time will develop Earth's new Aquarian Age to become a true "Golden Age of Peace & Prosperity".

Commander Ashtar

27 February 2013 - Commander Ashtar on Disclosure and Your Ascension - Philipp

We have already told you that Disclosure is imminent and waiting at your doorstep. You have correctly observed that the channelings about Disclosure are coming into increasing alignment and precision. This does not mean that we are giving you any specifics about when and how Disclosure will happen. What we are saying is that the channeled messages are focusing more and more on the facts around the sources of Disclosure and why it must happen now.

Before this Now moment, Humanity would not have been ready to receive the truth. There would have been a great danger for people to drift into the negative emotions of fear, anger and hate.

Think how you would have reacted to this news before your spiritual doors opened up and someone like us informed you suddenly that your Star Brothers and Sisters have been watching over you for eons of your time and that there has been a huge cover-up by World Governments to keep this information from you? How would you have responded to the truth about us and the fact that we are All One and we are actually here to protect you?

It is true that we are not here to rescue you. This is not our job and let me make this very clear. It will never be our job to save you from your own manifestations, provided such manifestations do not have a negative impact on the great scheme of All That Is [i.e: the Divine Plan]. This is why we have prevented the use of nuclear weapons to reduce the population, as originally intended by your Dark Ones, and have helped you with the cleansing of your air from pollution, such as the chemtrails. What we have done is to protect you from attempts to destroy yourselves and your beautiful planet. We have ensured that your evolution did not run adrift, like a rudderless ship. We are here because we are your Family and as a family we have to take care of each Family member. Remember, we are all One!

Now, in this very moment of Now, a great shift has taken place and by this we're not referring to the shift which happened in your last calendar year [21-12-12]. This leads us to the answer to the question "where does Disclosure begin?"

Humanity has changed and this is an inner shift we are talking about. Gone are the days where we would have to be concerned about strong negative reactions like anger, fear or hate towards the message of truth that you are not alone in the Universe and that there is a family of Light Beings waiting to reunite with you.

Humanity has reached a level of Light that enables it to accept the truth without undue negative reactions. The reaction of most of Humanity now will be like "I knew it! I always knew it" and they will feel instinctively that this is the one and only truth of all that is: We are all One!

And this is the basis of Disclosure, this inner shift which has taken place in Humanity. This is the basis for all the events which you view as the "Disclosure process" in the outer world. It all starts in your heart, in every single heart in every single Human Being!

This is the reason we have informed you again and again that you should not look to the outside for Disclosure, but rather to go inside and make the necessary connection with your heart. Without this inner knowing, outer Disclosure cannot not take place.

You have successfully completed this prerequisite work. Very well done, by the way. Congratulations to you all from our side!

Let me summarize this because this is so important: Disclosure can only happen when Humanity has completed its homework and has evoked enough assimilation of Light for accepting the Truth. And this you have completed very successfully. Ponder these words and read them with your heart again and again!

So, where do we stand now in the outer Disclosure process, given that you have completed your part of the process? Exactly! Now it is our part to bring Disclosure to fruition and we are now taking a stronger role in the situation. You have passed the baton to us, so to speak.

The dominoes are falling right now. Now we are in the lead and are pushing the dominoes and all are falling exactly as they should. You don't know this and you are not yet able to see or fully comprehend this process, but this chain reaction is going full steam ahead and nothing can prevent this chain reaction.

Rest assured that we are well prepared and that we know very well what our job is and what we have to do and when. The timing is perfect and no delays will be allowed. The outside events which we have referred to and which show Humanity that Disclosure is here are on your door step and will happen very shortly. And by this, we mean "soon" in your language.

Prepare yourselves because when this happens the work of our Ground Forces, which you all form a part of, goes off like a rocket. You will have to stand by your Sister's and Brother's side and give them a helping hand to get used to this new Reality - which is, in fact, the only Reality which exists.

As I have told you, this Divine Plan has been in place for a long time. Let me please answer one of your questions in this regard: why did this Plan change so many times? It is a question which all Lightworkers have posed, whether consciously or not. It is a pleasure for me to answer this question once and for all.

The time for changes in the Divine Plan is definitely over. Are there nuances which we have to consider and to react to? Of course there are. But, first of all, they are only nuances and not big changes. And, secondly, the Plan now in place will not change in such a way that we will have to provide you once again with explanations for events which you consider to be "unfair", "not anticipated" or "unexpected."

And please (and this is very important) let us look upon what has led to the change of the Divine Plan. It is actually not a change but a fulfillment of a request. And who has sent out this request? Who has sent out this plea to our Creator to have more time to allow more fellow Human Brothers and Sisters to jump on board the Ship called Ascension? Yes, you and only you! Let us explain.

As of today, you do not comprehend what powerful Beings you really are. For eons we have watched you with amazement. Every time when we "think" that nothing more from your side could surprise us, you manage to astound us once again. Each time when we "think" that we have understood the Human Being, we discover that we are far from reaching the finish line.

You are amazing! And this happened to us once again when you sent out the plea for prolongation of the Ascension process (which contains, as you all know, the Disclosure process). Your plea was astonishing and the Creator and all of us are so very proud of you. It has proved how far you have come on your journey, that you would put the well-being of the collective over the individual's goal. And this goal, of course, was to get over the Ascension finish line as quickly as possible.

For not only you but the whole Universe in which your beautiful Planet is located is affected and is also going through this Ascension process. And think quite particularly about your Sisters and Brothers in the Inner Realms of Gaia [Agarthans] who are longing to finally rejoin with you. They can barely tolerate any more changes to the Plan. They have agreed to this Grace Period only after the Creator decided to allow only a very short time of prolongation (nine months).


4 August 2013 - Prime Creator - Kathryn E. May, PsyD

This is Prime Creator. I wish to keep in close contact with you during these crucial days leading up to your final Ascension. Kathryn has agreed to be available at all times to transcribe these messages for you, and we are grateful for her unquestioning service.

Those of you Lightworkers who have practiced your meditations, healings and clearings, and have reached the level of Loving energy in all your dealings, will be in the First Wave of those who will be taken to the Motherships. You will experience the exhilaration and overwhelming celebration as you meet at last with your adoring Brothers and Sisters who are standing by in anticipation of this Great Event. Many of you have agreed that once you are restored and acclimated to the 5th Dimension, you will go through the intricate process of descending once more into the Lower Dimensions to work with those who have been reluctant to leave their old habits and trappings behind.

Our Sananda will be there, teaching and reassuring the people as only he can. It will be a very exciting time for all the Lightworkers, because they will have the opportunity to work closely with Sananda, and this time, although you may all face some psychological and emotional reluctance in those who have not yet ascended, there will be no violent end to this triumphant story. The group of beloved Apostles and family who were with Sananda during his life as Jesus will be able to live the wonderful experience of teaching and healing at his side, without the fear of persecution. This time, no one will be beheaded; no one will be crucified.

The teaching and mentoring, with help from the Galactics this time, will continue until all Souls who have been "signed on" with Sananda to accomplish this glorious Ascension have moved into the upper 5th Dimension. Imagine the triumph which will be shared by all when the last Soul "crosses the finish line." All curmudgeons, skeptics and doubters will eventually be swept along in the wonder of seeing so many of their friends, family and acquaintances returning to help them with the Light of Love surrounding them, gloriously happy and ecstatically in Love. Who would not be willing to let go of their favorite negative belief systems when they see what the payoff has been for others.

Now, I will answer a question. You wondered about the strange weather. You suspected it had something to do with cleansing. You were right. The almost hourly showers are part of Mother Earth's way of cleaning the air, especially the air that comes over the land from the West. All pollution from cars, manufacturing, farming, and so on, is cleaned by depositing all residue in the dense Canadian forests, where it can be processed and returned to the Earth as harmless dust. Fortunately, there are still large tracts of forest lands across the U.S and Canada, and the trees and other plants are becoming more efficient in their cleansing abilities, just as you are becoming more powerful Creators.

Consider yourselves "in Ascension," my Dearest Ones. You are truly growing day by day. I am monitoring your progress carefully, as you see from these messages. A Planet in "Ascension" is a Cosmic event - one which is felt throughout the entire Cosmos. You may have thought of yourselves as small and insignificant in Cosmic terms, but this is not so. Your efforts yesterday, today and tomorrow are having an uplifting effect throughout the Universes beyond any your scientists have discovered. All Planets, all Galaxies, all Beings throughout the Cosmos will rise with you as you elevate yourselves degree by degree, moment by moment.

You are coming out of the Darkness into the brilliant Light of the New Golden Age. It is happening now. Breathe the nourishing waves of uplifting energy; revel in your new strengths; celebrate the dawn of a truly new day in the history of Planet Earth, and you and I are here to experience it together, as One.

I am the one you know as Prime Creator, Creator of all within this Creation.

Channeled by: Kathryn E. May, PsyD - www.WhoNeedsLight.org


12 October 2013 - Christ Michael of Nebadon - The Mass Consciousness of Humanity is now at 51 percent! - through Kibo

Christ Michael: As of now over 51% of the Consciousnesses of the Ensouled Human Beings on Gaia are at last standing within the "Light". Even more are as yet striving for greater Light. Whatever these numbers may fluctuate to in the future, it will have no impact insofar as the foundational majority of the Mass Consciousness is now more in "Light" than in Darkness. It is now established that it will never again go below 51%.

This means that over half the population of Human Beings on Earth desire to live within the "Light" and are willing to act upon that. They now recognize who and what the problem is and wish for that problem to be solved. They are now able to recognize that Global Banking has been the core fuel that runs the machinery and mechanisms of oppression that they have hitherto experienced. They also recognize, more and more, the manipulations of the media, education and organized religions, as they are all operated by this Dark system of Control. They want real change and they are no longer willing to place faith in the persons of the Control systems that they have endured under their former Leadership. They are willing to effect change without those persons and in spite of them.

Now WE have at last what we have been waiting for: Prime Creator SOURCE has finally given the "Green Light" to begin OUR operations. It will commence from now onwards and increase gradually, as our influence is shown to become more and more obvious and the final breakaway from the influence of the "shadow-mind" of the Dark becomes more and more absolute.

We would ideally like to commence the Three Days of Darkness before they [the remaining Dark Forces] play with the North American Power Grid, which they had planned to shut down in November. It serves them no purpose other than to further their own Dark agenda of population control. There is no sense in waiting for such a thing to happen, so WE are putting a STOP to all that now!

When the "Changes" begin, you will know what to do and when and where to do it - have no fear! This Event [part of our full entry into the Photon Belt*] exists on myriad levels and placements of energies and Beings and circumstances. The design of the Plan is fulfilled and wound up to go - and now it has been set loose to do what it was designed to do. Thus is the Ascension of your World moving into the beginning stages leading to the final evolutionary state of "Light and Life". All of this comes from the Infinite Heart of Prime Source's Eternal Energy of Love sent out throughout Creation. Be joyful for what is coming upon you, for it is a time and moment of Glory unmatched and unequaled in the Brightness and Beauty of created Light, and which will now be further added to. That Light of Source Creator's Love is to become your Light. That Light is also Gaia's Light. That Light coming from the Creator Source is also the Light of the Paradise-Isle Father-Mother-Son Trinity, the Light of The Seven SuperUniverse Master Spirits and the Trinity-Michael Sons and Daughters. It is also the Light of your Celestial "Thought Adjusters" [our Guides and Higher Selves]. It is the Light of The Melchizedeks and The Elohim. It is the Light of the Archangels and the Angelic Kingdom. It is also the Light of the Ascended Earth Masters and also of all the Masters who have Ascended throughout our Grand Universe and the total Cosmic Creation of other Grand Universes. It is all part of the One, and it is all here and now helping, supporting and cheering us on!

Christ Michael of Nebadon

* There is more information on the nature of the PHOTON BELT and also of our going into STASIS at the end of this Chapter.


13 January 2014 - The Trinity Mother/Father God: The New Declaration of Independence for Planet Earth - Kathryn E. May

Soon, the changes across Planet Earth will come, faster and more abruptly than you could have imagined. We have declared that WE ARE FINISHED waiting for Earth's squabbling Governments and Ruling Families to come to terms with the fact that IT IS DONE.

No more will those in power be permitted to instigate wars by engineering "false flag attacks" and fueling every argument by supporting the aggressor, no matter what the circumstances. It was a simple and effective formula - one that required only plenty of money and a few troublemakers on the ground to spread the ill will. It was a simple matter in many areas of the World, like the Middle East, where tempers have run high for centuries.

It is what you would call a cheap trick - this formula for stoking the fires of war. It takes very little thought, little knowledge of the true cares and concerns of the belligerents involved. Sell enough weapons to each side to impoverish the government and the people, tell both they are justified and have your support, and leave the rest to the despots and their thugs on both sides to do your bidding. Once both countries or regions are exhausted or one has prevailed, you can go in, buy up their resources for next to nothing by paying off those you have armed, and you can control the entire territory economically and politically without ever leaving your bank's plush office in New York or Paris or London.

This cheap trick international power-mongering will not be permitted to continue. All the players in this global game of cat and mouse are well known to us, and will be rounded up and taken in for trial, or in the most egregious cases, will be taken to an alternative Planet which has been prepared for them. There they will be given the opportunity to live in communities made up of members like themselves, where brute force carries the day, and where they can experience life without the mitigating influence of the Lightworkers they previously disdained.

In the arena of this primitive and pervasive approach to destroying peace, genuine diplomacy appeared difficult, impossibly complex and fraught with problems. It was true that peace hardly had a chance as long as the Dark Ones were getting rich from their wars. Where good will might have blossomed, it was cut short by bribes, blackmail, threats and extortion. Good people on the ground gave their hearts and souls to try to restore peace, only to be defeated by those with nearly unlimited power to crush everything of the Light. And still our beloved Lightworkers persevered and prayed for our help.

And so it has been decided, with the support of Prime Creator, that Planet Earth would be freed from the destructive grip of the Dark Ones. She will never again be permitted to suffer nuclear explosions, chemical poisonings, deep well drillings and mountain-top decimation. Nuclear weapons have all been permanently neutralized. Toxic spills are being cleaned up with the help of your Galactic Brothers and Sisters, and those industries that have so tortured your dear Mother Earth will find themselves unable to continue to operate. This includes all who produce genetically engineered foods and chemical fertilizers.

The Animal Kingdom will no longer be permitted to suffer in zoos, factory farms or breeding mills. All will be released and taken to be cared for in safe and comfortable environments where they can adapt to the changing energies. They will all eventually take their places as the free-roaming friends and peaceful inhabitants of the Planet.

The Lion will indeed lie down with the Lamb in the new Golden Age of Planet Earth. This will be possible, even probable, because all animals and all Humans will have evolved to thrive on a light diet of vegetables, fruits and grains.

And when, you ask, will this fairyland Kingdom come to be? A thousand years in the future? NO! It has already begun. Look around you. The skies are bluer, the oceans cleaner every day. No toxic waves of nuclear waste have washed up on the shores of the western U.S. as a result of the Fukushima disaster. It has been taken care of.

It was planned, until recently, that the phases of change would unfold gradually, beginning with the revaluation of currency, the release of Prosperity Funds across the Planet, then later Disclosure of the Galactic presence, along with education about the truth of your Planet's History, and finally the landing of the ships and the eventual appearance of mentors, teachers and friends. Finally, the new technologies from more advanced civilizations in the Galactic Federation of Light would completely change the way life is lived on Mother Earth.

It has now been decided that the conduct of the affairs of Planet Earth can no longer be left to the mercies of those currently in power. Free Will is a privilege and responsibility that has been relentlessly abused. Decisions are still being made on the basis of the most profitable outcome rather than the Greater Good. WE WILL NO LONGER PERMIT THIS. NO ONE WILL BE PERMITTED TO ABUSE OTHERS FOR PROFIT OR FOR POWER.

This is our "Declaration of Independence for the People of Planet Earth".

IT IS DONE.

We are your Mother/Father God.

Via Kathryn E. May, Jan. 13, 2014, Mt. Shasta, CA - www.whoneedslight.org


23 August 2014 - Jesus SANANDA on the Events soon coming to Earth - Kathryn E. May

It is I, Sananda, coming to you from the Bridge of the "New Jerusalem", the Ashtar-Command Mothership . I am here with our beloved Ashtar and his Crew, planning the next "Invasion of the Angels." We are so excited about what you are going to experience in the next few weeks, we can hardly "contain" ourselves. That is a funny idea, isn't it, since we don't have containers for bodies up here, but you get what we mean. We are laughing and "high-fiving" and dancing for joy, envisioning the expressions on your faces when you are newly prosperous and in Service to Others, free from all the restrictions of the Dark Forces, and when you then look to the skies and see our glorious armada of sparkling, dancing spaceships, advancing toward you in a beautifully choreographed two-step!

For us, it is so clear that you have already accomplished what needs to be done to win your freedom that we are planning the "Celebrations". We understand that those of you who are watching the TV News it seems as if gruesome violence has erupted in every country, every town and every family on the Planet, but it is simply not true. The incidents you are seeing now are their "Contracts" previously made at a higher Spiritual level being fulfilled which will cause the entire World to be so sickened by all the violence that they will turn away in disgust, never to return to thoughts of conquering, dominating or overpowering anyone, EVER.

We are grateful for those who have taken on the responsibility of playing the role of Assassins and Mad Despots. They are the Ones who will turn the stomachs of the entire population of Planet Earth and thereby turn the tide towards the "Light". It has been ever thus, Dearest Ones. Humankind has needed vivid dramatizations of cruelty in order to wake them up to the revolting travesties all around them, large and small.

Transcribed by Kathryn E. May, Aug. 23, 2014, New York State -


27 October 2015 - Jesus-SANANDA: Earth is now undergoing a "Change-Over" - Elizabeth Trutwin

Etheric Plasma Energy

Greetings in this Full Moon! This is Sananda through Elizabeth Trutwin. I would like to describe to you the Earth changes you are seeing now and help you understand the history which brought us to this moment as Earth is going through a "Change-Over". This is what it is called when "Upgrades" happen to a Planet which enable it to utilize technologies not available at the denser Dimensions. The most important of these is utilizing Plasma Energy at Zero Point. Plasma Energy is one of the four Fundamental States of Energy. The others are Solid, Liquid and Gas. Plasma Energy permeates everything on Earth including our bodies, our food, our air and water. It is a Power Source, a Force, it is also Ionic Energy.

Etheric Energy refers to a type of very fine matter or substance. It is all around us, and it permeates all physical matter and space throughout the Universe. It is a wave-and-particle type of energy, in terms of modern physics. It is really a range of frequencies of energy, and not just a single frequency of energy. Etheric Energy is also called Chi, Vital Force, Prana and other names. Etheric Energy can be transferred from one person to another person using various healing techniques or transmissions. These are exchanges of energy. Etheric Energy has also been called the "God Source". It enlivens the body when we are alive and leaves the body when we die. Plasma Energy has properties unlike those of the other states of matter. We live in a Matter-Universe. The presence of a significant number of charge carriers makes Plasma Energy electrically conductive so that it responds strongly to electromagnetic fields. Like gas, Plasma does not have a definite shape or a definite volume unless enclosed in a container. Plasma is the most abundant form of ordinary matter in the Universe. Plasma Energy and Etheric Energy are exactly the same thing. 5th Dimensional Earth has reached the Etheric level where Plasma Energy and Zero Point are possible.

An Etheric Body is a "Plasma Ball of Light"

In a Cosmic-Union with all Creation approximately 450 billion years ago Mother and Father Prime Creator God came together and all at once created trillions and trillions of Twin-Flame Souls which would be the totality of Consciousness in this particular Cosmos of ours. These Sparks of Source-Energy were as "Balls of Light Consciousness" and can also be considered as Plasma Energy. These Balls of Light travelled alongside Mother Father God for eons of time as "Light" and helped create within our own "Grand Universe" of the Seven Super-Universes, its Galaxies/Local Universes along with their own Stars/Suns and orbiting Planets, and also as a Collective Consciousness of all Beings. Inside each of you is Prime Creator. You are all that. Your Thoughts create each and every next moment. Every one of you is connected in the Universal Hologram or the Total Construct by your Thoughts. This is why Extraterrestrials are able to communicate without needing to speak words. Their thought transmissions travel at the speed of Light.

Our own Grand Universe has as its first subdivision Seven Super-Universes and within the Seventh Super-Universe of Orvonton is situated our Milky Way Galaxy, also known as the Local Universe of Nebadon. Our own Milky Way Galaxy within this Super-Universe is lit by our Galaxy's Central Sun, which is its main Source of Plasma Energy and which embodies all living life on our Planet Earth, including our own bodies. There is thus a "Higher Sun behind the Sun" beyond our visible physical Sun, one which provides all our Source of Energy, sending this down via our own Sun to the surface of Planet Earth. This Central Sun of our Galaxy is also the Central Sun within the "Seven Sisters" Star System of the Pleiades, named Alcyone.

The Prime Source of Energy, also for the Sun, our Bodies and EVERYTHING in this Matter-Universe are enlivened with an energy called Plasma Energy. It is a Sentient Source of Intelligence. The new Free Energy being offered by the Keshe Foundation (KesheFoundation.org) is a sentient source made up of this Plasma Energy. Congratulations, Earth and all on Her. You have evolved to a moment where this is now possible to be revealed. It is free because it is the most abundant matter in Space and when put into a 6 x 8 container may be harnessed for heating and cooling and many other applications including "Portal" energy used to travel to other Worlds.

The Ashtar Command Base situated on Earth

Between the Etheric Lower Kings Chamber and the Queens Chamber deep under the Great Pyramid at Giza, is an Ashtar Command Base for Planet Earth. Commander Haaton [an alias of Christ Michael of Nebadon] is stationed here when working down at Earth level. There are Sub-Etheric Generators under this Pyramid as well as many of the other Pyramids on Earth, in such areas as Central America and Tibet, which also have Etheric Generators which are monitored and engineered by Commander Haaton's Crew everyday and this is the mechanism which holds Earth on her axitonial alignment, one which has been recently re-engineered to avoid having the previously planned Pole Shift. The need for having this sort of system came about from the misuse of nuclear arms in all the wars we have had at Earth and beyond in our Galaxy. Mars was devastated this way and is why its surface no longer has oceans or seas of water.

At this Base in Giza last night for the very first time since we came to Earth, in this present Full Moon Energy, Jehovah's "StarShip of 144,000" in which the present Earth Race of 144,00 Early Human settlers first came from a failing Planet in the Sirius Star System, was taken out of its secret underground storage place specially in order to tour around Earth to use its available Extraterrestrial technology equipped on that Ship for the "Change-Over" process. This StarShip has been kept below ground safe all this immense length of time waiting for a time when it could be used to Activate the structures necessary for "Zero Point". There are still many steps to go in a collaborative effort. Last night's Mission was a technological success and Earth is now fully in "Change Over" mode.

The Change Over Process

Back during the Winter Solstice of 2000 on December 20th the Pleiadians were successful in completely surrounding your Solar System and Earth within an outer protective circle of the Photon Belt. This is being used as a "Tractor-Beam" pulling your Solar System away from where it got off course in the Milky Way Galaxy. This has taken 15 years of Earth time to achieve, moving your Sun and Planets slowly back to the position it needed to be in to rejoin the corrected "Timelines". This happened because of all the wars and destruction within the whole Galaxy. On December 21, 2012 the Milky Way Galactic Center became at that time aligned with the greater Grand Universe Central Sun and your Solar System and Earth was beamed special energy to assist in this process. The Planetary Being known as Gaia/Earth at this time herself Ascended to the Fifth Dimension and entered the period of "Satya Yuga". Now in this Full Moon as we near the Winter Solstice of 2015 we are in a window of opportunity to see all the Inner Dark Cabal arrests, Galactic Federation announcements and abundance programmes which have long been awaited.

Many of you are feeling tremendous pressures and having untold challenges as a result of these powerful Energetic Waves coming in. Everything in the Cosmos is interconnected. The reason for this is because the Gamma Rays beaming Earth as well as the alignment between Earth and its associated Sun, Sirius A that is in the Sirius Solar System, is making it impossible not to face up to misalignments within yourself. This is a proving time. Be calm. Tackle your challenges. Face up to those things left undone. Make Peace. Heal relationships. Walk away from relationships which drain you. Become One with your body and work to improve your health each day. Relax. Meditate. Be Happy. Help others who are working very hard at bringing in The New Earth. If ever you are in doubt call on me for help. You are never alone. I am always with you. You are Loved beyond measure.

This is Sananda through Elizabeth Trutwin - Elizabeth Trutwin - http://CosmicAscension.org


26 February 2016 - Michael Quinsey - from His Higher Self:

Events are still moving on at a fast pace, and the possibility of interference is becoming much less as the power of the Dark Ones/Cabal is being diminished. Much depends upon their ability to continue funding their needs, and it is slowly becoming more difficult as their activities are being affected by the lack of funds. The Higher Powers will continue to restrict their activities as they have done for many years. Now however, their options are becoming more limited and they struggle to keep their projects moving. Many times they have tried to get round the limitations imposed upon them. However, it is to no avail and they are unable to carry on with their plan to start a Third World War, and have been told in no uncertain terms that in no circumstances will they be allowed to start one.

Meanwhile moves to enable "Disclosure" to go forward are well advanced, and nothing will be allowed to prevent it from being announced. Other issues that are also planned to bring out the truth are proceeding well. On many fronts people are finding the courage to tell their truth and they will be protected. The lies are no longer being accepted and the cover up is being exposed. The time for the release of the truth has now arrived, and when history is re-written it will be remembered as the "Time of Revelations". The truth is so different to what you have been led to believe. In fact many will find it incredible that you could have been misled for so long.

The End Times are in the course of dramatic changes that are well advanced. Mother Earth is naturally involved and is already starting to initiate the necessary changes. She has allowed her "body" to be used in many negative ways so as to help your evolution. However, she has decided that now is the time to concentrate on her own needs, and the cleansing of the Earth has commenced. The changes will cause people to move to safe grounds and adequate warning will be given, and ultimately the Earth will be transformed. At the higher levels it will be restored to a time when it was referred to as the "Garden of Eden". It will be a joy and pleasure to be part of such changes and live in Harmony and Peace once again.


27 February 2016 - Jesus SANANDA on the forthcoming Changes - Kathryn E. May

We are truly on the march, Dear Brothers and Sisters. The rollout has begun. The RV operation is under way and all the World will be awakening to a new financial era of prosperity. Whether you discover it gradually and quietly at first, as most of Humankind will, or whether you are one of the Intel followers who are awaiting "Redemption" as we have called it, all will feel its gentling warmth.

The massive changes in your world are flowing gracefully and quietly, with all systems carefully synchronized and aligned. There will be no massive breakdowns or disasters as the financial systems you were once familiar with, like the US Federal Reserve and SWIFT systems for instance, will appear to simply change names, to AIIB, Wells Fargo, BRICS, CIPS, Asset-backed Currencies, rather than the old fiat system, and so on. For as long as needed, the basic International and domestic trading functions they served will remain, but the systems will now be transparent, protected from Cabal theft, and will not allow the fees, usurious rates and debt slavery of old.

The changes are not only about economics, though. As most of you know, we are continuing to prepare for the Disclosure and Landings Events, when your Galactic friends will walk among you. Many are already here, but they look so much like you that you haven't yet realized who they are, and they have not been revealed for their own safety. Your emergency broadcast systems have already been tested in preparation for our announcements, so you will soon be discovering much more about the next phases of changes that will unfold in quick succession.

We have all been working to the limits of our capacity and beyond to prepare for this monumental planetary shift. Be assured that we have not left out any consideration or detail. You will be amazed when you learn just how intricate our Plan has been and how carefully we have worked with each of your teams to take every single Being on Earth into account. This is a Global Event, but it is also a monumental event in each of your lives. We understand deeply how it will effect you and your family, and we have carefully planned with your Higher Selves, your Higher Dimensional teams, and with our Teams on the ground to make this a delight for every single person.

Channeled & Transcribed by Dr. Kathryn E. May - www.WhoNeedsLight.org


Commander Ashtar of the Galactic Federation Fleet on the Coming Earth Changes

Greetings this is Ashtar.

Planet Earth is going through a period of violent storms. It is manifesting itself in the physical with Typhoons, Tornados, Cyclones and Earthquakes. The winds of change are blowing through. Mother Earth made a Clarion Call back in 1987 which lead to the "Harmonic Convergence" and the reversal of her destruction. Now we see the economic structure which is built on destroying Earth by the Dark Ones/Cabal must dissolve. It is not supported by Earth's Ascension. The Galactic Federation as well as the Intergalactic Confederation of Worlds have their crews at Earth coordinating their assistance on every level to return Earth to Balance.

One of the very hard concepts to accept in these "Earth Changes" is that many will be leaving the Planet permanently. It may be as many as 2-3 Billion people. As you hear this news, allow it to bypass Ego and bypass any fear you may have and take it into the Heart. Earth's Citizens have allowed themselves up to now to ignore the Souls which they were powerless to help. Out of over 190 Countries on Earth there are wars being waged today in 60 Countries. Every year one and a half million people die from hunger. Around one hundred million people worldwide are homeless. Almost one million people are trafficked across borders everyday, always for forced labour of different kinds, half are children. There is a potential for many Billions of Souls to move away from their lives on Earth and onto other Realms in our Multidimensional World which will better serve their Soul Growth at this time. In the Indian Vedic Text called the Mahabharata these Ones were called the walking dead. They lived their lives to underscore suffering on Earth. By doing so they helped every Soul mobilise for Ascension. They have cleared their Karma by taking on this role of great suffering. They agreed before they incarnated that they would have a new assignment in a new place when Earth Ascends.

In the very next moment as Earth Citizens end all wars, destroy all nuclear weapons and welcome the Galactics back to Earth, then Earth's own new forms of Divine Government along with a new Economic System will slide right into place for all on Earth. What can we expect then?

Free Energy, Replicators and Healing Machines. These will be top priority. Homes for the Homeless, Clean Water and Communication Technologies. Shuttle Craft to fly to the Light Cities. There will be little boxes, the size of a shoe box which will be able to power your entire house for free. These are manufactured and available and will be given out free to everyone. Taking Free Energy will not be mandatory. All of the old appliances and different forms of energy will be supported. Whatever appliances you have today will work with the little boxes. Immediately you will have free heat, electricity, hot water, phones, television broadcasting and the Internet. Free for All.

Replicators will be given out free. These will be able to replicate healthy food. Free Food. Immediately. You may replicate any food or dish you desire. Our technologies will be able to clear all the pollution in every body of water on Earth. Water supplies will be made ready where there is none. We have the power, Ships, supplies and people already in place to carry out these missions immediately. A network of communication is already in place and will be activated immediately. Everyone on Earth, no matter where they are or their mode of communication will receive all updates equally around the world. Some Countries have never had the Internet until very recently and this was brought in on purpose to be ready for changeover. Public use Shuttle Craft are available for distribution immediately. These will be used to attend gatherings in the Light Cities. Also they will be used to leave Earth and visit various places. More information to follow. As these minor details are worked out we are able to move on to the "Real World".

Love and Truth aligned Consciousness will permeate every cell on Earth. Grace is revealed. Having surrendered everything you knew before, I present to you the "Real World". I invite you to Celebrate every moment of your life with childlike wonder. Enter your Shuttle Craft. Input into the GPS onboard your destination. I invite you to visit us at our Space Stations, which float within Earth's atmosphere. These Space Stations have been here all along. In this present Era they were not revealed to you.

Galactic Crews move through these Space Stations like a train station. Crew come into the Stations to make connections with other Crews. Lodging, Meeting Places, Holiday Accommodations and Administration for the Galactic Federation are found here. You will be a part of the Crew. You will be welcomed anytime. I invite you to visit us in the Light Cities, which will be in orbit just above Earth. Here you will find your Mentors, heal psychological and health issues. You will have training for the new technology. You will have connections with like-minded people all over the world. You will have access to rest and relaxation on levels you cannot now comprehend. You will reconnect with Light and Sound frequencies through many different mediums. Earth Citizens will begin to contemplate their Next Mission. Until the Healings are completed the Missions cannot be comprehended.

Reunions: Every person on Earth will receive two or three Mentors to help make sense of the "Changes". Each person's Mentors will be someone they have known before. Some have prepared to be reunited with their Twin Souls/Flames immediately. Others will be met with family members or friends who had passed on and have rehabilitated, Ascended and returned for reunions to act as their Guides and Mentors. There is no need to have anxiety about meeting with your own Twin Soul or other Mentors. Everything is designed to be comfortable for you on every level. You will understand as it unfolds. There will be two or three Guides/Mentors for every person on Earth. There are billions of Galactics standing by from the Intergalactic Confederation of Worlds who have been preparing for this moment for a very long time. All of the support which will be needed to comfortably slide into change will be here living on Earth.

Some Earth Citizens will feel the best way to heal is a visit to their Home Planet. These Holidays off Earth will be granted. You will be welcomed to Venus, Jupiter, Saturn, Pluto, Neptune, Ceres, Vesta, Mars, Moon, Alpha Centari, Sirius, Pleiades, Arcturus, Andromeda and so many other places. Each of these places is very different and known for their speciality. There are as many reasons to visit as people wanting to go.

After a short visit you will return to your duties on Earth involving establishing your own Divine Governments and beginning the New Earth. Holodecks will be available in the Light Cities. The Holodecks are a space a person enters which is programmed by a computer to virtually become anything [virtual reality]. You may visit the beach, the mountains, an iceberg, a desert. Holograms may be programmed with any virtual experience where one may visit Home for a few hours without travelling there.

There will be plenty of time made for rest and relaxation. This will be made available to anyone requesting it. Along with these healings and mentoring activities will be planning meetings for your New Mission. You will be "Called to Duty" to share your gifts and talents in building the New Earth. It is about to become more fun. Some other activities we will all enjoy together will be cultural exchanges on Earth and off Planet. Also we will be welcoming many new species to Earth, both Humanoid and those of the magical kind. Animals which have been extinct thousands of years will be reintroduced to Earth in the right conditions.

The Great Teachers of Earth will be returning to help with this Earth Ascension Mission. Some who left Earth aeons ago have been invited back to "Guide and Serve". When they show up they will be wearing the garb of their former culture and time on Earth. They will look like they did then. These are the Avatara forms of Great Teachers and they will be together at the same time living on Earth. It will take all these Great Beings to be able to accomplish all the changes to Earth. They are excited to return and do their Service for Earth. You will be seeing the Roman, Greek, Egyptian, Hindu, Far Asian, Hyperborean, Pangean, Celtic, Near Asian "Ancient Gods" represented. All will be Ascended Masters here to integrate the Highest Teachings into the new economic system and Divine Government. There will be much to learn. It is a great honour to work with these Beings.

Inner Earth dwellers [Agarthians] will join surface Earth Citizens and invite them to their Crystal Cities within Inner Earth. There are tunnels leading to their Homeland through Earth's crust to the Inner Earth. Guides will take you into their Cities there and host you for cultural exchanges. Inner and Outer Earth will become as "One" in their Mission and all will be free to travel between the two as it has always been meant to be. This was a very important aspect of "Healing" the former surface civilisation of Atlantis. Inner Earth dwellers are overjoyed at the prospect of being welcomed back onto the surface once more. They could not travel to Earth's surface as long as there was ongoing war. A few have done so but they do not stay long, they always return inside and have patiently waited for this "Great Reunion" with their Earth counterparts.

Remain in Gratitude and Love as we move deftly through the Changes ahead will bring. When it is the right timing, the command will come from Admiral Sananda. Continue to look inside and ungrip from any emotions, reactions or thoughts which continue to hold you apart from FREEDOM. Call on Me for Guidance, you are never alone!

Commander ASHTAR - through Elizabeth Trutwin


13 March 2018 - Jesus-SANANDA - The Great Event is Coming - via Adele Arini.

My Dearest Friends,

It is with great delight, joy and immense Love that I bring you the biggest Update in recent times. The time is NOW for ALL - who are ready - to return to LOVE.

You, my Beloved Lightworkers, have been patiently waiting for this for a long time. For a magnificent, miraculous "Event" such as this one can only occur at the perfect Divine Timing. We, the Company of Heaven, must wait until the frequency of Light on Planet Earth is high enough to catalyse/trigger the Event and until everyone - who has, at a Higher Level, decided to Ascend - is sufficiently ready.

We all have worked hard for this massive project for thousands of Earth years; for what felt like aeons in your Linear concept of Time. The amount of highly-evolved Light Beings participating in this Grand Adventure number in the trillions; located on both sides of the Realms, physical and non-physical. And you are among them! Your dedication, hard-work, courage, perseverance, immense victories over seemingly impossible to overcome challenges and all the experiences that you had gone through in current and past lives, have brought you right to this point. They have made you ready. And the time is NOW for all of you to reap the rewards!

Let us begin with the following question "What is this Great Event?" You may have heard of the Event mentioned in passing, in other messages, blogs or books. And for some of you, this may be the first time you have come across this information.

Simply put, the Event is a singular, Cosmic, completely visible, Planetary-scale "explosion" of Divine Light and Love on Earth. These powerful waves of Divine Light and Love will come straight from God/Source; channelled through the Great Central Sun. They will pass through your Galaxy and Planetary systems, to arrive and encompass all of the Earth in ONE single moment, reaching all living within the Planet at the same time. Gaia and all of Her inhabitants will be able to see and feel the Event, and not a single person will remain unaffected afterwards.

What is likely to happen during the Event? During the Event, all incarnate Souls will feel a powerful, undeniable surge of the following feelings all mixed in together: Unconditional Love, Divine Bliss, Complete Acceptance of who you are, Divine Grace/Blessings, and, strong feelings of finally being HOME again. During this powerful energy surge, some of you will be able to witness the appearance of an Ascended Master: Leaders/founders of the religions/faiths that you believe in or have a close spiritual connection with.

For example, if you are a Christian, you may see a vision of Lord Jesus and will be able to talk to Him personally. If you are a Buddhist, you may see a vision of Siddharta Gautama (the Buddha) and be able to have a private conversation with Him. You will instantly be able to recognise who they are, by the very powerful Light and Loving vibrations they emanate and by your own eternal connection with the souls of these highly-evolved Light Beings.

Even after reading what is written above, it will be challenging for most of you to even imagine what the Event will feel like, because you do not yet have a previous life experience as a starting point of reference to compare it within this lifetime. However some of you reading this may have experienced something similar to the Event, during your meditation/spiritual awakening, but on a much smaller scale. If you belong to this latter group, bear in mind that whatever you had previously felt in the past, you will feel all of the above feelings again, but magnified more than a thousand times during the coming Event.

What will happen to everyone after the Event, however, is where it gets a little bit tricky to explain. Every one of you will perceive and process the Event differently: depending on the type of Soul Group you belong to among the 4 different Soul Groups below.

Group 1 consists of Awakened Souls, our Lightworkers and all of you who are reading this. You will know and understand the Event as what it truly is. It is the great catalyst that will simultaneously mark the beginning of Nova Gaia and mark the "End Times" - the End of Life as you have previously known it on Third-Dimensional Earth. You had been awakened earlier than most of Humanity for a very important reason: you have been entrusted to be the Guides, the Way-Showers and the Leaders of Fourth and Fifth-Dimensional living.

You all have been training and preparing for this Moment in Time for a very long time, and are now completely ready to take up the mantle of Leadership and be the Teachers and Mentors you have come here to be. The Blueprint of your Life; the next steps that you need to take; the role that you will assume after this Great Event will be revealed to you in greater depth and clarity by your Higher Selves and your Spirit Team. Most of you have answered your "Calling" and have begun or already settled into these Light-work roles anyway by now, in some way, shape or form.

You will be the Leaders of the Fourth and Fifth Dimensional ways of life and will receive constant guidance and direct assistance from your Galactic Brothers and Sisters from many highly-evolved, advanced civilizations. You will enjoy the lessons these Galactics will provide to help with the Planetary Healing of Gaia as well as the formation of Nova Earth.

Many new, Fourth-Dimensional structures are now ready to be put into place and your Spiritual powers will be fully awakened and start to develop at a faster rate. You will learn how to master your thoughts since Humanity will soon be a Race of Beings who, predominantly, communicates via Telepathy. Mastering your thoughts is the first step to Mastering the Art of Creation and Manifestation. And your Galactic Brothers and Sisters will greatly help you in this as well. And when your lessons with them are complete, you will then go out into the world to share this knowledge with others so that all Humans on Planet Earth will one day, be the Living Embodiment of their Higher Selves. All will become powerful Creators and Manifestors. Earth will become a Planet that only consists of Loving Beings who truly embody Oneness and Unity; of Masterful Beings who have truly Ascended.

Group 2 consists of Unawakened Souls, who, at a Higher Level, planned to Ascend in this lifetime. However, the Event will trigger tremendous shock, confusion and cause them to initiate research into a greater understanding on what exactly has happened to them. The Event can be likened to the loudest Wakeup Call they have ever heard in their entire lives; one that can no longer be ignored. They will start - with a sense of deep urgency that only they can feel - to seek and attract into their lives, Guidance from you, my Beloved Lightworker friends. They will intuitively find the "perfect" Mentor for them who possesses the Higher Knowledge needed to help them move forward in their own Great Path of Light. Spiritual development will become their main focus in life. And with time as they grow more spiritually mature, these Souls will also come into a full remembrance of their true, Higher Selves and strive to embody Divine Love in their everyday lives.

Group 3 consists of Unawakened Souls who, at a Higher Level, have decided NOT to Ascend in this Lifetime. They will still feel the intensity of the Great Event and also experience all the feelings that come during it. However, after it is over, they will slowly return to life within the Third-Dimensional paradigm. Even if they were to come across "real and authentic" news about the Event and what it signifies, their inner reaction will be strong doubts, disbelief and denial.

The Event is the greatest Wake-up Call to all Incarnate Souls on Planet Earth who are currently still un-awake. This Group of Souls however is "sleeping" too deeply and have, at a Higher Level, decided not to wake up in this Lifetime. Thus the Event will not trigger any interest in all things spiritual; as they are not at the phase where spiritual development becomes a priority. In other words, they are not mentally, physically, emotionally and spiritually ready to Ascend right NOW, in this current Lifetime.

Group 4 also consists of seemingly Unawakened Souls, but who have decided at a Higher Level to play the roles of the Dark Ones in this Lifetime. There are two types of the Dark Ones in this particular Soul Group. One that is "in-the-know" of what is really happening in terms of the Dark Control on Earth right now, and another which is "completely in the dark" and have no idea, or care about, what Ascension or the "Event" could possibly mean for them.

Those of the Dark who are "in the know" - who have so far actively and deliberately tried to prevent and stop the Spiritual progress of Humanity - will come to a sudden realisation that their "Time" is now coming to a final end. They will have begun to realise that all is now lost for their Dark cause, since Humanity will by then be showing that they no longer hold any interest in living in the type of lower-vibrational, Third-Dimensional consciousness that these Dark Ones thrive in.

Now, here comes the BIG question that I am sure everyone reading this is asking within. "When is this Great Event supposed to take place?" There have been up to now many different answers. Some Channellers have written that it will happen before the end of this year. Others predicted it could occur much later. Which one of these answers is the correct one?

Predicting the future is a risky business. That is why when you go to visit two different Psychics at two different times - say, one visit in your early twenties and another in your early thirties - there is a big possibility that these Psychics will give you two very different answers to the same question you had asked them. Out of the INFINITE number of potential, future realities lying ahead of you, i.e. your probable Timelines, these Psychics can only provide predictions based on your vibrations and intentions you held at the time of your visit. Every single person you met in life who played a part in your life back then, or who would in your future Timeline play a part in your life, will have the power to change your probable future. It really comes down to a "Forks in the Road" choice for everyone who will play a potentially significant role in your life.

In the case of the timing of this "Great Event", however, the risks of a misprediction is magnified a million fold. There are many micro and macro factors, coming from the Human Collective, that can influence Space and Time to produce a different Timeline than what was originally predicted/estimated/forecasted.

That being said, here comes our final answer to your BIG question. With the presumption that all things and all matters will continue to develop at their current velocity of change, there is a 56% possibility that the Great Event will probably take place within the next 3 to 6 months from today. This answer is based on current "Light Data" and the current Planetary vibration level of Earth. Please do not be disappointed if it comes slightly later than the above forecast. There is even a 30% chance that it will take place before the above time range.

The most important thing to bear in mind, regardless of when the Great Event will actually occur, is that this Cosmic, magnificent and miraculous Spiritual Event is inevitable. It will definitely happen. The Light is already victorious! Absolutely nothing can prevent Nova Earth from being manifested into your physical reality right here, right now.

It will soon be time for you to join the extremely lively celebrations now already going on in Heaven, in the Higher Dimensional Realms. Cheers and great joy are resonating throughout all the Galaxies in this Universe. The entire Galactic Community, all of your Brothers and Sisters of Light - from your past and future lifetimes in the Higher Dimensions - in different Races and Civilisations, stand ready to embrace and welcome all of Humanity into their fold. Into the spirit of Oneness and Unity with "All That Is".

These are truly Great Times you are living in. Please deeply recognise the honour you had been given by being physically embodied on Planet Earth whilst this Great Change is happening. Let us give our profound, heartfelt thanks; in Loving gratitude to Father/Mother God, Source/Prime Creator for this Great Gift of Love and to Mother Earth, Gaia, for Her deep, enduring Love and the sacrifices She had given for all of Humanity throughout the aeons of time.

There is truly nothing extra for you to do from this moment onward, my Beloved Lightworkers. Continue to shine your Light and live every day, fully committed to your own magnificent Great Path of Light and a high-vibrational way of living.

Please also continue to act every day as if you are the embodiment of your Higher Self, and as if Nova Earth is already here. Both facts, in the great NOW moment, are definitely true and not a false belief at all.

All of us here in the Higher Dimensions, bow to you all in great Respect, Love, Gratitude and Admiration for your Participation, Courage, Bravery and Hard Work in creating and manifesting Nova Earth. We will continue to be your Loving, supportive Work Partners in this Grand Ascension Project. All the way through to its completion; to the End.

I am walking with you, every step of the way. Call out for help whenever you need it. We all stand ready to assist. You are never alone.

Sending much Love & Light your way, Your Brother in Light,

Jesus SANANDA

Adele Arini - Era of Light.com


20 March 2018 - The Long-awaited Landings - Jesus SANANDA - via Adele Arini

Greetings my Beloved Brothers and Sisters,

After my previous message about the coming Great Event, here comes along another important update for you all. Your Galactic Brothers and Sisters of the Light are now planning for a major Landing on the surface of Gaia. The first wave of Landings will be led by a spiritually-advanced Race of Beings called the Pleiadians.

The Pleiadians originate from the Pleiades Star Systems. In terms of physical appearance, the Pleiadians look very similar to the Human Race. Their entire civilisation currently exists within the Sixth-Dimension; they had 'Ascended' from the Lower Dimensions to the Higher Dimensions of consciousness (5D and above) millions of your Earth years ago. The Pleiadians are part of the many ancient Races of Beings in this Universe.

They, along with the Arcturians, Venusians, Antareans and many more, form the group of Higher Dimensional Race of Beings who have the purest of intentions to serve God/Source/Prime Creator wherever and whenever necessary.

They are fully committed in providing a service to Divine Love in all that they do. They faithfully serve All That Is, for the Higher Good of All in mind. The above 4 Extraterrestrial Races have been the main Guardians of this Galaxy for millions of years. They have been tasked by God, with the Divine Duty to: watch over, guide and protect Humanity from the very beginning of time on Earth - whilst always respecting the Higher Will of the Human Collective, at all times.

There is absolutely nothing to fear. The Pleiadians are completely prepared for all eventualities. Nothing that Humanity can produce (out of fear or out of any other Third-Dimensional reactions) will be able to harm them. They will not have anything on them that can be considered as 'weapons', and they will do absolutely nothing that can be mistakenly construed as 'having hostile intentions' towards Humanity.

The Pleiadians communicate among themselves via mental telepathy, and they possess the ability to communicate with you in all Earth languages. If you are one of the brave ones who actually approach one of them in friendship, you will find that communication with them is easy and effortless. This highly-evolved Race of Beings emanates strong, high vibrations of Love and Light that will instantly make you feel safe, comfortable, liked and completely loved. The Pleiadians have been and are still one of the Guardians protecting Humanity in this Galaxy. They have been playing an important role in the Spiritual awakening and development of the Human Race. They are here to help disintegrate all aspects of Humanity's current Third Dimensional way of living (based in: Duality, Fear, Lack and Separation), and help establish the foundation of a Fifth Dimensional society which will be completely based in: Peace, Unity and Oneness, Love and Abundance.


8 May 2018 - Ascended Master Quan Yin - Current Celestial Energies and More Upcoming Disclosures - Through Linda Li

Dear Hearts, I am Quan Yin. I come today with important news. The Divine Being has decreed that the Planetary Ascension has been doing extremely well. We have grouped quite a lot of Celestial Energies, and have been bringing them to Earth to help Gaia and Humanity. Apparently, these incoming "Grouped Energies" are doing wonders. Not only for Gaia Earth, but also for our Lightworkers and Humanity.

As a result of these intense "Energies", we are able to come up fast and move the Ascension up to speed. So far, we have almost caught up with the speed we have designed for Gaia and Humanity, and that is very exciting news. For that, The Divine Being and the Company of Heaven, are extremely happy, and we are going to continue the effort, bringing in more of these Group Energies. In other words, in order to assure the Ascension of the Masses and the Planet herself, we have to group up different types of Rays together so when these Rays hit the Planet, we have the domino effect, affecting different groups at the same time so that these different Soul Groups can Ascend together. That is the key. So far so good.

In the next few days and weeks, The Divine Being is going to continue the effort of pushing the Divine Agenda forward. The Divine Being and the Company of Heaven, have been doing quite a good job in terms of pushing for the forthwith announcement of the "Galactic Disclosures". And so far, they have all sorts of these "Disclosures" lined up, waiting to be announced. Our Announcers are all ready to go forth and each of them can barely await for their turn. That is the scene at this time, and that is so exciting! We do also very much appreciate our Lightworkers and those Disclosure Announcers for their strong efforts and dedication. Great job Dear Ones!

I am Quan Yin. I Love you. So it is.


29 May 2018 - Galactic Federation Regional Council on Sirius B - Sheldan Nidle

Concerning Earth changes, expect these to be regionally intense at times. Gaia has decided to delay many of the changes on a global scale since your own transformation is not very far off. Her final transformation will not take place until you are safe in Earth's Inner Earth Realm of Agartha or else up on the Motherships, taking your final, ecstatic step into Full Consciousness. Until then, Gaia is to focus on resolving the pressure on her Tectonic Plates and on building up the Pacific and Atlantic Ocean basins for the return of the Continents of Lemuria and Atlantis.

As a Fully-conscious Planet, she is noted for both her symmetry and her exquisite beauty. The rising of Atlantis and Lemuria will balance Gaia's land-water ratio. Once again, she will return to her original, pristine body configuration as a mono-polar planet.


10 June 2018 - Commander Ashtar - The Time Is Now - via James McConnell

I AM Ashtar.

You have heard some time before when we spoke of the dominoes that would begin to fall at a certain time and a certain vibration once that was reached. Well those vibrations have been reached now and those dominoes are now to begin to fall. One in particular is about to fall and to contact the next one and the next one and the next one. It was always said that it would take one to begin the process. You are very close now to that ONE falling.

You will know it as it happens. Not all will see it at once, not all will be aware at once, but those of you that have been acclimating to these energies, that have become aware, that have awakened will know this as it occurs. I am certainly not going to say exactly when or how or what. You will know it as it happens.

For all is at hand now. We, in our ships, are waiting the signals to be given. We have been in many different phases throughout this Ascension process and through your transition here. Many phases we have moved through, many parts of the Plan. And we are nearing the end phases now which will signal the times when we can more fully be with you.

Many of you are beginning to see us in the skies much more often. When you close your physical eyes and you open that Third Eye and allow that Third Eye to roam freely and let go. Then once you have done this you open your physical eyes. Now through your physical eyes you see with the Third Eye, you see through your imagination, through your imaging ability. See what was not there before. You see what others may not see. For you now have the eyes to see and the ears to hear only if you allow it in any given moment.

I Am Ashtar. I leave you now with Peace and Love to continue to share with one another. Share the Light, be the Light, be the Love that we all are.


3 October 2018 - A Message from Mira from the Pleiadian High Council through Valerie Donner

Greetings, I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. I speak to you today with wonderful news. The Light Fleet is advancing quickly in on the forces of darkness. There are billions of Galactic ships positioned to remove the most problematic perpetrators of death and destruction from the Earth.

Each ship has specific directions about what to do and where to go. The destinations are perfectly timed and filtered through technology that allows us the advantage.

We hear the calling from the Earth and from Humanity for an end to the atrocities of the harsh way of life you have been living. We promise you this is our common goal. The damage has been done and there is no room for anymore. We have been granted permission to use whatever means are possible to achieve this goal. You can imagine how pleased we are to announce this.

Never again in the history of the Earth will self-serving Beings be allowed to usurp the energies and resources of all of life on any Planet. The days of the enslavement have been declared over. You are being freed from the rot and greed.

Right now, every Soul on the Earth is choosing whether they are continuing to serve Self or if they are choosing to move into a higher vibration into Service to Others. We are sorry to say that most who have only interest for Self will find it problematic to change. That means they will be leaving the Earth and going to other Third-dimensional Planets where they can continue to learn their lessons.

Most Humans are being faced with many challenges now. As the Ascension Process continues to accelerate it forces one to make choices that will lead to higher steps in rising consciousness. Those who are unable to receive the accelerations and the Love energy that go along with that will decelerate. The choices of each Soul are taken into consideration and are followed through with Love. It is known that each Being's choice is honoured.

Soon you will begin to experience greater waves of Love. You will feel the luminescence of the Light as the creative energies sweep through you. Your vibration's will be higher and higher. From this, your manifesting abilities will expand in miraculous ways. You will remember your power and will use it wisely.

We have the utmost confidence in you and the work we are doing together. We honour you and appreciate you being on the Earth this time. You make a huge difference. Focus on the Truth and the Light and we will see this through to the end.

I send you Love and Joy from all of us. I am Mira


5 October 2018 - Commander Ashtar - Channeled by James McConnell

I am Ashtar. As always, it is a pleasure to be with you, especially in these times now, these times that we are now beginning more and more to celebrate. We are celebrating not our involvement, but your involvement, your progress, all that you are bringing forward into these next moments that are upon you. Many of you are beginning to have more and more sightings of those of us, those of our Spaceships. Many more of you are seeing beyond the Veil, getting those glimpses as has been said many times. But I tell you now that this is only the beginning, for much that has been heralded is now going to begin, is now going to come forth. We in the Motherships, as we have said previously, have been parked far out here in your space around your Planet, but we are coming closer and closer now. We are beginning to move closer and closer.

Then, one day in the not too distant future will be known as "the Day the Stars Fell." For that will be when our ships will pierce through the atmosphere of the Earth and appear everywhere across your entire Planet. Those times are coming. And the preparations are being made in many different ways. Many truths are coming forward, being revealed, and preparations are being planned for many announcements that are to come forth. What you have been told about your Broadcast system is correct. Many of you are coming to understand that your entire Broadcast system can be overtaken at a switch of a button or the turning of a switch. You are on the verge now of a great many changes, a great many revealings, much to come forward.

As and when the pulse of Celestial Energy comes from the Galactic Central Sun, known as The Event, or the Changeover, then in those moments you WILL be lifted up. Your conscious knowing self WILL be lifted up, because it will not know anything different at that time. For the old ways, the old comfort zone, will no longer be comfortable, for you will not be comfortable in the old paradigm. Just as many of you are not comfortable in that now.

I am Ashtar, and I leave you now at this time. But know that we are always with you. We are just a whisper away where we can be more fully with you, and will be, in the not far off future.


11 November 2018 - Commander ASHTAR on the Disclosure Event - James McConnell

I am Ashtar. It is always wonderful to be with you in these times and moments in the midst of these many Changes that are occurring and are about to occur.

I come at this time to share with you those outer happenings that are occurring above you in the many Spaceships, the many Inter-Galactic Fleets that are here, those ones that you have heard of that have been parked just outside of your atmosphere for some time. And as we have said several times that we have come closer and closer, even to the point where we have begun more and more to uncloak ourselves so that those that have eyes to see can see us, and that of the Pleiadian Fleet that is preparing not only a Great Celebration, but they are planning an Operation, you might say, an Operation that will bring this Disclosure Event even closer and closer to you. In order for that to happen, those of you, the Way-Showers, the Lightworkers, those of you that are on the forefront of these great many Changes to the Earth and to the Consciousness here on the Earth, those of you that have been preparing, have been working with these incoming Celestial Energies, it is time now for you to realise that you are in the midst, right in the midst, of these Changes, and as has been said, you are the catalyst for these Changes.

Your Consciousness is creating every moment of your lives so it is time more and more now to create that which you want to happen, create everything that you are longing for. Because as you do so, those of us in our Spaceships, all of the Fleets that are out here, will be able to come closer and closer to you, to you as individuals and you as groups. The entire populace may not see us yet, but those of you who are ready and prepared, do not fear, do not shy away, those of you will be able to see us more and more. We are showing ourselves now to you more and more often, because operations are underway to bring Disclosure about. If it will not happen from those of your Leaders to make those Announcements, then it will happen as a result of You yourself creating the impetus for this Event to manifest. You are the Disclosure: remember that...

I am Ashtar. I leave you now temporarily. And I say temporarily because we are always with you, and are always just a whisper away to be more fully with you. Those times are coming where we will be able to appear to you much more than you can possibly imagine yet at this point.


ANDROMEDAN COMMANDER MANDREL -
Our Extended Mission to Earth

A long and very significant message from Commander Mandrel, which also includes a description of his vast Andromedan Mothership of over 3000 miles in diameter parked within our Solar System behind Planet Jupiter. The Andromedan Mothership with her over 100 million crew and families, who are mainly there to observe and provide assistance during our Ascension process, have been patiently waiting for Earth's Ascension event to finally manifest since 1966.


The Nature of the PHOTON BELT

Photon Belt.jpg

The Photon Belt and the Pleiadian System of the Seven Suns/Solar Systems with its Great Central Sun, Alcyone,
and which reaches out to include our own Solar System


A brief Background to the Photon Belt:

This information is given to us by a High Pleiadian Source, Satya, Astrologer, Keeper of the Records for the Pleiades and the Central Pleiadian Library of Alcyone. Alcyone not only is the Central Star of the Pleiadian Constellation, but also functions as the Great Central Star within this quadrant of the Milky-Way Galaxy for our own Solar System.

"Your Sun is spinning as the Eighth [external] Star of the Pleiadian spiral of Suns [the Pleiadian "Seven Sisters"], and the Pleiades are themselves spiraling within the Galaxy as the whole Galaxy spins on its axis. Your Solar System travels through the Photon Belt when Earth precesses the Ages of Leo and Aquarius, and then you orbit through the "Galactic Night" during all the other Zodiacal Polarities of the Great Ages - Cancer/Capricorn, Gemini/Sagittarius, Taurus/Scorpio, Aries/Libra, and Pices/Virgo. At this time, you are moving into the Photon Band as you are leaving the Age of Pices and moving into the Age of Aquarius.

"Photon Bands are 7th-Dimensional "Donuts of Light" that emanate from the vertical axis of the Galactic Center. They spin around and around through the Galactic Center into the darkness of the Galactic Night. Galactic Centers [a central Galaxy vortex that appears as a "Black Hole"] are of 9th-Dimensional pure darkness, and yet, as they spin on their axes, the astounding power of their vortexes shoots out 9th-Dimensional Galactic Synchronization Beams. These Synchronization Beams spin out of the Black-Hole Galactic Centers, torqued by the Galactic axial spin. These Beams, Belts, Axes, and horizontal planes with Black Hole vortexes in their centers are 8th-Dimension organizational systems of intelligence. In the Milky Way Galaxy, this 8th Dimensional brilliance is part of the Light that belongs to the Galactic Federation, holding the Galaxy in form by means of the "information-highway" Photon Belt/Bands. All Stars existing permanently within the several Photon Bands generate spirals that capture other Stars, and these special "Photon Stars", such as Alcyone, then function as Galactic Federation "Libraries".

"Your Sun is linked to the Pleiades by means of a spiral of Stellar Light radiating out from Alcyone. Star Light is 5th-Dimensional Light that moves out through the Stars of the Pleiades - out from Alcyone, through the Pleiadian Stars of Merope, Maya, Electra, Taygeta, Coele, and finally via Atlas to your Sun. Thus in your legends, Atlas holds Earth on His shoulders in space. Each Pleiadian Star, except Alcyone, which is located in the Photon Belt eternally, travels through the 7th-Dimensional Photon Belt for 2000 years of Earth time. Each Star in the system then travels through the Galactic Night for varying lengths of Earth time.

"The Stars close to Alcyone, such as Merope and Maya, are in the Photon Belt for more time than they are in the Galactic Night. Your Solar System spends the most time out in the Galactic Night - 11,000 years in the Dark and 2000 years in the Light.

"See your own Solar System as a disk with the Sun in the center and all the Planets whirling around it. That disk is divided into twelve zones, the Twelve Great Ages of the Zodiac. As the Planets move through these zodiacal zones, you can locate where a Planet is in relationship to the Sun in these zones with astronomical ephemerides. For now, it is enough for you to know that Earth first partially entered the Photon Belt during the Spring Equinox of 1987 and has been steadily moving into it further - one week more each side of that entry point each year. The border of Photonic Light is currently inching across the disk of your Solar System. Earth was first in the Photon Belt from March 16 to 23 in 1987, then for three weeks in 1988. The Photonic slice in the Solar Disk increases by two weeks each year, and precisely half of your Solar System will be immersed when the Photon Belt reaches your Sun at the Winter Solstice 1998. Eventually Earth's entire orbital path will be engulfed in this tidal wave of light some time after the Winter Solstice of 2012. Eventually, the whole Solar System will be totally in the Photon Band. During the next 2000 years, it will be travelling all the way through it."

[Satya, channeled through Barbara Hand Clow, in "The Pleiadian Agenda", published 1996 by Bear & Company, Santa Fe, NM, USA.]


The Nature of "Light":

Light exists in units called Photons. Photons have no density, no charge and travel at 186,000 miles per second. At this speed of travel, Photons of Light move beyond the confines of "time." Hence, a primary component of Light is, in fact, timeless. Since your physical form has myriad Photons, you are innately a "Being of Light" hidden within an Earthean shell. Every atom in your body serves as a Sun with myriad planets rotating around it. When you think of yourself in this way, it is not a large leap of faith to realize that you are composed of uncountable Photons. Thus, a huge amount of the form that you wear is already composed of "Light".


The Nature of the PHOTON BELT:

Washta of the Regional Council of the Galactic Federation of Light on Planet Sirius B of the Sirius Star System:

"Your Solar System is presently poised to enter a vast region of Light called the Photon Belt. This Photon Belt - a huge mass of light - will be the vehicle for your restoration to Full Consciousness and for the complete transformation of your DNA and Chakra systems. These unbelievable changes will forever alter not only yourselves, but also your Planet and your Solar System. This is because the Photon Belt will move your Solar System into a higher dimension, allowing your Planet, within the Solar System, to eventually move to a new position in space closer to the Sirius Star System.

The Photon Belt, is a huge torroid-shaped object composed of "Photon Light" particles. For those who do not know what a Photon Light particle is, you should realize that it is the result of a collision between an anti-electron (positron) and an electron. This split-second collision causes the two particles to destroy each other. The resulting mass of this collision is completely converted into energy that registers as Photons or Light particles. In the first quarter of this century, an English physicist, Paul Derac, postulated that for every single particle a similar anti-particle should exist. In 1932, Dr. Carl David Anderson, who won a Nobel prize in 1936, discovered the first of these anti-particles - the positron or positive electron. By the 1950s, anti-protons as well as anti-neutrons had been discovered by your scientists.

The Photon Belt was initially discovered when a series of studies on the Pleiades were begun in the early 18th Century by the famous British Astronomer, Sir Edmund Halley. Halley is famous for the discovery of Comet Halley that seemed to prove Newton's Laws of Planetary Motion. Halley discovered that at least three of the Stars in the Pleiadean Star Group are not in the same positions as recorded in classical times by various Greek Astronomers. The difference in position had become so great by Halley's time that it was impossible to state whether the Greeks or Halley were wrong. Halley therefore concluded that the Pleiades moved within a prescribed system of motion derived from an outside source of influence.

This concept was later proved correct one century later with some astute observations by Frederick Bessel. It was his discovery that all the Stars in the Pleiades had a proper motion of approximately 5.5 seconds of arc per century. Paul Otto Hesse also studied the Pleiades and discovered that at an absolute right angle (90 degrees) to the movement of the Stars in the Pleiades, there was a Photon Belt shaped like a torroid or huge doughnut with a thickness of approximately 2,000 solar years or 759,864 billion miles. Since the results of the observations of Bessel and Hesse about the Pleiades are correct, your Earth is now completing a 24,000 to 26,000-year cycle with this Photon Belt.

As Earth is now going to enter this Photon Belt, you must know what this means to Earth's Human civilization. Many of your Astrologers as well as many of your Scientists and Historians believe that the new Millennium marks the beginning of a New Age for Humankind. To Earth's Astrologers, this New Age is the Age of Aquarius, a time for vast changes in your science, technology and your consciousness.

The Photon Belt can be divided into three sections. You will first enter through what is called the Null Zone. This procedure will take roughly 5 to 6 days to complete including approximately three days of total darkness. Following this action, you will move into the main part of the Belt itself and experience a new form of intense daylight. This journey normally lasts around 2,000 years and ends when your Solar System exits at the other end of the Belt by going through the Null Zone exit for the same 5 to 6 day period.

Surrounding the Photon Belt there is the huge barrier of the Null Zone. If you could look at the Null Zone, you would see it really contains a region of incredible energy compression. It is a place where magnetic fields are so tightly strung together that it is impossible for any type of 3rd-Dimensional magnetic field to pass through it without being altered. This fact means that the magnetic field of the Earth and your Sun must be transformed into a new type of interdimensional magnetism. You should therefore expect a change in Earth's electrical, magnetic, and gravitational fields.

Therefore, when the Photon Belt is fully manifested, it will not allow any electrical device to function. Such a development will mean that neither batteries nor electrical circuits will operate whilst Earth is in the Photon Belt. You will require a new form of energy - "Photon Energy" - to operate your former and soon-to-be altered electrical devices. By entering the Photon Belt you will be losing your Earth's former electromagnetic fields, as they will now be nullified.

This means that when you fully enter the Photon Belt you won't be able to utilize electrical equipment anymore. Therefore, you must begin to prepare for this major change in your lives as new forms of gravitational and electrical fields are established. You will of course have the full help of the Galactic Federation in adjusting to this. What appears to you as a loss will actually be a benefit that allows Photon Energy fields to be altered at the subatomic level and become the basic energy drivers of your Solar System. As all atoms and molecules are changed, you Earth Humans will be vastly modified in your very nature. You will become something quite different - excitingly improved - from what you presently are.

Therefore, let's go over the entire scenario of the Photon Belt experience and get an idea of what you may experience if you have not already been taken into a state of "Stasis"(suspended animation). Your Planet will experience a great field of darkness as it approaches the Null Zone. Suddenly, the twilight level of darkness will be replaced by complete darkness. It will be as though the entire Planet has been thrown into an incredibly huge closet and the door closed behind you. The Sun will have disappeared from view and you will be unable to see stars in the pitch black sky. Day will have suddenly turned to night as the Null Zone's compression of Solar and Stellar light will blot out the Sun and even the stars.

You will know by the total darkness that you have now entered the Null Zone and begun the transformation process. As you begin to accept the shock of this utter darkness, you will find that something else has happened. Not only are you in the dark, but none of your electrical devices will work anymore. Once the pumps quit and the water tanks are empty, water will not run and toilets will not flush. Lights cannot be turned on. Cars will not start. Hence, you are now in a whole new world. Despite these incredible difficulties, something has happened to your bodies, something wonderful.

When the collapse of the Planet's electrical and magnetic fields occurs, it will also allow all atoms on Earth to be changed. The atoms in your body will be modified to form a new body - a body that is semi-Etheric [4D] - and the "Veil of Consciousness" which has hitherto limited your awareness of higher Worlds around you will be removed.

You will no longer be living in the limited 3rd-Dimensional reality. You will now be Human Beings living in the reality of the higher "Galactic Light". You will now have physical and psychic gifts that you were meant to have ever since the time you Humans first left the Lyran Constellation to spread your knowledge and guardianship throughout this Galaxy. You will have begun the process of "coming home" to the 4th and 5th Dimensions.

When the atmosphere begins to compress by the second day you will experience the sensation of being compacted by the pressures from the Null Zone on Earth's gravitational field and you may as a result feel somewhat bloated in your body. This feeling of bloating will only last for about two days, however.

The next change that you will feel is coldness caused by the complete absence of the Sun. This will occur because the Sun will be undergoing a change in its interdimensional polarity which will prevent the Sun's heat from reaching Planet Earth's surface.

By this point many of the Human and other living Beings who intend to remain with the new Planet Earth - other than the "Lightworkers" who will be taken up to the Motherships for training and future service on Earth - may well have been taken into a "Stasis" mode ("suspended animation" - for more information on "Stasis", see below).

By the Third Day of change, however, you will begin to see a dawn-like glimmer surrounding your Planet. You will then have the beginnings of the "Photon effect." This Photon effect is very important because it will allow you to have a new energy source. This new energy source will permit the end of your Planet's fossil fuel dependency. It will also allow the capability for space travel since Photon drive technology is the power system for all Starships operated by the Galactic Federation.

By the Third and Fourth Day, then, you will have reached the time for your first introduction to Photon Energy, weak though it may be.

As the Fourth Day quickly draws to an end and the Fifth Day now begins, the climate will begin to warm and bright light will return."

"The Photon effect which began toward the end of the Third Day will now be in full effect. You will now be able to use Photon-beam power equipment. Every living thing will now be invigorated by the Photons streaming in from the main part of the Photon Belt. You will have entered a New Age with a new body. You will now be ready for the next phase in which your psychic abilities will be heightened by the Photon effect. These Photon energies will not only provide your bodies with maximum efficiency of energy use, but they will also be used for energizing your homes and your industries. You will have entered the Photon Age!

Space travel will now become quite simple and a preferred mode of transportation. Once you begin living in the Photon Belt you will be in a fully-realized Space Age. With the power provided by Photon beam energy, the Stars and other Planets will soon seem to be as near as a trip across town. With this new energy, it will be as easy to travel to Sirius, or any other nearby Star, as it is now to travel from California to New York. In addition, you will now have in your midst those you have long called the Extraterrestrials who are your Elder Brothers and Sisters and your Counselors and Guides during this transitional period."

[The above is an extract from the Book "You Are Becoming A Galactic Human" by Virginia Essene and Sheldon Nidle, Published 1994 by the S.E.E. Publishing Company, Santa Clara, California]


Going into STASIS

The following information is based on the possible need to place Humanity and other sensory Beings into a state of Stasis (suspended animation) during a period of major physical "Earth Changes". If on the other hand it may be determined that major disruptions are no longer necessary to manifest in such a dramatic form as was originally envisaged, those planning to return to a New 4D Earth may instead find themselves undertaking a progressive clean-up and restoration of the environment as it now stands, under the guidance and with the technical help of the Galactic Federation. However, since it is always wise to be prepared for all possible eventualities, we present the following outline of the STASIS process, extracted from the communications of Christ Michael of Nebadon and Jesus/Sananda channeled over many years through Candace Frieze and Jess Anthony on the "AbundantHope" website:

"During the initial days of the entry into the Photon Belt, when and if it has been decided that it is necessary to move into "STASIS", this phase would involve a total Stasis for all animate Beings in order to alleviate any possible traumas of the event. Everything would then pause its natural living cycle to allow us to restructure the energy parameters you expect to determine your existence. Because all energy vibration in the body has been paused, the body would not experience any sense of time passing. The Earth would not be pausing herself however, and she would continue on with her Ascendancy with our help. There would then be a new sense of environment when people wake up, much cleaner and more balanced and peaceful.

Among the possible effects of the full move into the Photon Belt, would be a reversal of Earth's Magnetic Poles. Earth's existing Magnetic Polarity would then collapse and then would reverse Earth's Magnetic Poles to refresh the direction of energy circuitry - North would become South and the Sun would rise in the West and set in the East. The fact is that Planet Earth has already become somewhat erratic in its rotation. The axis position is moving constantly, causing what you have termed a "wobble" in its rotation. Celestial bodies could then appear in slightly different places than they are scheduled to be, and their positions are thus shifted because of the position of Earth's tilt in relation to them. The more serious problem, in your terms, would be the need to reverse the direction of the Earth's rotation. This would be necessary in order to re-spin the top, as it were, and keep Earth rotating at a fresh and stable angle. This action would not be a unique event in terms of planetary movements; it happens to nearly all Planets as they reach the end of one cycle and need to begin another. This action has always been planned to happen during Earth's full entry into the Photon Belt.

The length of the Stasis period is not at this point fully determined, as it would be based on observation at the time, and fixing of other issues, the necessary Earth Changes and the like. However, everything could possibly pause from anywhere up from two years to four years, depending on the extent and difficulties of the "Earth Cleansing" process encountered by the Galactic Federation Teams. We would therefore be putting most of the life on the Planet into Stasis, until the Earth movements are stabilized and the air cleansed enough of carbon dioxide to awaken the animal life. Plants would benefit from the higher levels of carbon dioxide and this is useful and in fact needed. Some life forms would be evacuated during the early part, and all who are continuing the Ascension would also be evacuated after Stasis is commenced to areas of safety, only IF they are in harms way. Build-up of carbon dioxide and other chemicals would not affect bodies in Stasis.

This Stasis period would not seem like any time has passed to those continuing with the shift to a higher dimensionality. Stasis is not a sleep, it is a limbo stage where nothing progresses in the sense you have been conditioned to expect. Stasis would be introduced fairly early to avoid mass confusion, but allowing enough time for a brief "Wake-up Call" to Humanity. The Spaceships that would trigger this energy frequency have for some time been stationed around the globe and have been ready to begin moderating the energy levels associated with a new "paused Dimensional frequency". This shift in frequency would initially cause functions to seem to stop, although this pause would not be final. The movement of energy currents that make up the Magnetic Field would appear to be at a standstill. This is so that the Reversal could happen and the currents could begin to flow in the opposite direction. This realignment is not something you should experience consciously. This shift can be dealt with more easily within a Stasis period consisting of a lack of consciousness.

The collapse of the Magnetic Field would have unpredictable effects on the delicate balance holding together the existing geophysical system of faults and internal pressure points. The pressure of the Solar Wind would be immense without the mitigating effects of the Magnetic Grid. Pressure pockets would be pushed beyond their balanced state and would erupt in earthquakes and volcanic explosions. Many of those in Stasis who do happen to be within the those areas that have to be devastated or sunken would then be sent either to the Inner Earth, the Motherships or be returned to their previous Home Planets, if that is their preferred wish and intention.

The actual physical logistics of inducing the Stasis Event would be that of a large grouping of Scout craft assigned to bringing in the new frequency beam coverage throughout the Planet moving into place to cover an arc of 180 degrees. This allows the craft to move in parallel and work their way around the complete circle of the Earth, East to West, following the Sun's travel. The depth of the beam they would use is about one degree of longitude. This intense but small focus is not a problem, because they are able to move fast over their positions. It only takes a few minutes to trigger a Stasis condition in any particular place. The new frequency within the beamed energy would be a major part of bringing in a new vibration rate that would activate the cells to be transformed into a frequency that matches a 4D vibrational frequency. This new frequency would not be compatible with the 3D range of frequencies that make up the present structure of your physical existence. Once this frequency changes, your individual energy frequency moves into a state that has no interaction with the 3D original frequency and becomes a part of moving you up into the 4th Dimension.

This disconnect from the current 3D frequency would create the illusion of you being "paused". Once you are "paused", so to speak, we can then maneuver your energy with the new 4D range of energy frequencies, a frequency range that is inevitably already on its way to slowly manifesting. We could then move you around easily and quickly, if we needed to. Such energy is fast moving and we could disassemble and reassemble you with no difficulties.

Thus it would be that the people and the higher mammals would be "paused", sort of like pausing a DVD for a period of a year or more. The body molecules would be slowed down a great deal in this process, and therefore the body would "sleep" without need for nourishment. Higher mammals would be included and also people's pets. The cycles of biological Plant Kingdom life otherwise would continue normally on the Planet, and so would the weather. The Soul would not "sleep" during this period, just the body and could still keep in touch with the Higher Realms. Do not worry about this process, as anyone living on the Planet back around 1992 in fact actually went through a week of mild Stasis as we first encountered the outer edges of the Photon Belt. We of the Galactic Federation were at that time not prepared to allow the several days of disruption to Earth's inhabitants with Photon Light that would have been so bright that it could have blinded many people.

"Lightworkers" destined to be on active service would be "beamed" (Teleported) up to the Motherships. However, they would experience more of an energy exchange than a physical lifting, as you would have probably imagined it to be. Remember your physical body here is ultimately composed of just an energy force vibrating at a specific range of frequencies. You may have the belief that it is solid, but it actually is just a moving vibrational energy of atoms. This vibrational energy carries information memory-archives [such as we know about packets of digital notation information sent through the Internet being reassembled at the other end back into their original form] and these are then used to create your individual identity characteristics. You all have an Etheric (4-5D) template that you build on to experience various interactions with other energy patterns. This is what makes it appear to you that you are physically in contact with another person. We can control the frequencies of your energy packets, so that your actual appearance is the result of the new frequency band in which you have agreed to work within.

The actual timeframe that would be involved is difficult to describe. Once a particular segment of the globe goes into Stasis, time stops at that point. Midnight, for instance, is always midnight because there is no later time to measure it against. In that way, Stasis can be imposed in a way that seems almost instantaneous. The explanation doesn't seem logical, but remember that "Earth Time" is an artificial measurement you have constructed for the benefit of your 3D physical Planet to gauge your existence in a measured and strict linear fashion, one that happens to be in our Galaxy your own fairly unique brand of "Linear Time".

This "Time Pause" would be brought on during sleep and it would end as Earth's inhabitants seem to wake up the next morning of what appears to be the next day. Because all energy vibration in the body has paused, the body doesn't experience any sense of time passing. The Earth is not pausing, however, and she would be continuing on with her Ascendancy with our help. Thus there would be a totally new sense of environment when people wake up, much cleaner and more balanced and peaceful.

This "Stasis Plan", if it is determined at the time to be the best way to finally enact the "Earth Changes", would not involve physically removing all of Earth's inhabitants and taking you to Motherships or the Inner Earth cities. Most of those staying on to return to the New Earth would remain here and be transformed along with the Earth. Many others will in any case choose to leave or will not find themselves spiritually able to adapt to the higher dimensional frequency that will be necessary for Earth's evolutionary Ascension. The coming "Earth Changes" must be viewed as a most necessary step in Earth's Ascension during this Major End of Age period. No Soul would ever be destroyed unless he or she chooses that as a final option; when someone ends their existence on Earth, that Soul simply moves upwards into another form in its progression. The inevitable grief you might possibly experience here must be tempered by an awareness and a realization of the larger picture of a Soul's evolution."

* More detailed information on the possible forthcoming "Stasis Period" scenario can be read in CHRIST MICHAEL's and the Jesus SANANDA Messages in the "Christ Michael ATON's Earth Changes & Ascension Plan" from the Link below:

Archive of Messages by CHRIST MICHAEL-ATON & Jesus SANANDA - 2005-2013

Christ Michael is a Creator Son of the Holy Trinity of this Grand Universe who was entrusted by His Trinity Father to create his own "Local Universe of Nebadon" - our Milky Way Galaxy. After 300 Billion years of probationary Ruling of his Local Universe/Galaxy on behalf of His Trinity Father, he had to finally prove that he was now worthy to become a "Full Sovereign" of his own Creation. He therefore had to undertake a series of Descending Incarnations down through his various Worlds at decreasing Dimensions within his Local Universe to experience all aspects of Life in those Worlds. His Final Test Incarnation was to be in one of His Worlds at the lowest Dimension, the Third Dimension. Creator Son Michael therefore chose to experience His Final Descending Incarnation on one of the most significant of his Low-Dimensional Worlds, Planet Earth/Urantia. He and the Cosmic Creator had long been carefully watching this World which had been set up by our Cosmic Creator to undertake a "Grand Experiment" in the final resolving through His specially created "Explorer Race" volunteers of the hitherto unresolved dichotomy of Positive-Negative Duality throughout Creation. Creator Son Michael decided to undertake this in a Joint Incarnation through overshadowing, from a higher Dimension, Jesus Sananda's Life Mission on Earth in which Jesus hoped to bring a Message of the Importance of Love to our World in Palestine 2000 years ago. Christ Michael was as a result thereafter able to assume the Title of Full Sovereign/ATON of the Local Universe of Nebadon.

Those who wish to delve more deeply into the full details of Christ Michael's Ascension and Stasis Plan made in conjunction with the Galactic Federation, and its many ongoing difficulties and delays of implementation, will find this Archive Document extremely illuminating and well worth the effort of its long read.

Christ Michael ATON's Earth Changes & Ascension Plan



A Compendium-Archive of Messages from the
GALACTIC FEDERATION of LIGHT
through the Galactic Federation Regional Council on Sirius B


Galactic Federation of Light - Updates Archive 1997-2014

This Document starts out with very extensive details, given through the Regional Council on Sirius B, of the Galactic Federation's Plans for the physical Earth Changes they intended to put into force and also further on gives a good background History of our Galaxy (i.e: see 10 June 2003 Message) plus many interesting details about their Motherships and their Intergalactic Fleet (see 7 January 2003). The Document then continues onward from 2007 through to 2014 with a comprehensive Archive of all the other many important Messages from different Members of the Galactic community -
again an extremely worthwhile long-read!


Jesus-SANANDA: THE NEW SCRIPTURES

Jesus-SANANDA gives us a very important document in which He updates and corrects
all the misrepresentations that have crept into the Old Scriptures about His Mission and Life.

Jesus-SANANDA: THE NEW SCRIPTURES


There is also much valuable and interesting Channeling from many Spiritual sources available at:

Steve Bekow's "The Golden Age of Gaia" Website is an excellent source of Channelings, Spiritual and
"Alternative non-media" news.

The Golden Age of Gaia


An Archive of Channeled Messages by: The Galactic Federation Council on Sirius through Sheldan Nidle, Messages from Michael Quinsey's Higher Self, from Matthew Ward (St Matthew of the Bible), and others are available at:

Galactic Channelings


For extended excerpts from "My Contact with Flying Saucers" by Dino Kraspedon:

"MY CONTACT WITH FLYING SAUCERS"


George Adamski's: "Inside The Space Ships":

George Adamski wrote several books in the mid 1950s detailing his physical contacts with Venusian, Saturnian and Martian Space visitors and of his journeys up in their Scout-ships to their large Motherships overhead. In his book "Inside the Space Ships", he describes in fascinating detail the interiors of these Motherships and his many conversations with their Commanders and other onboard personnel.

"INSIDE THE SPACE SHIPS",


ANDROMEDAN COMMANDER MANDREL -
Our Extended Mission to Earth

A long and very significant message from Commander Mandrel, which also includes a description of his vast Andromedan Mothership of over 3000 miles in diameter parked within our Solar System behind Planet Jupiter. The Andromedan Mothership with her over 100 million crew and families, who are mainly there to observe and provide assistance during our Ascension process, have been patiently waiting for Earth's Ascension event to finally manifest since 1966.


The Secrets of the Roswell Flying Saucer Crash in 1947: When a "Flying Saucer" crashed near Roswell, New Mexico on the 8th of July 1947, a US Air Force retrieval team was immediately sent to the site of the crash. Among them was an Air Force Senior Master Sergeant Nurse, Matilda MacElroy, who not only was given the task of attending to the sole survivor E.T. out of the two other dead crew members, but was the only person on their return to the Military Base who was able to communicate with the survivor through telepathy. As a result she was given the task of communicating with the small E.T. Being whom she was to name as "Airl", and who refused to answer any questions other than through her. After being helped by Nurse MacElroy to learn English through the use of many books on all sorts of Earth subjects over a 16 day period, Airl was to give an extraordinary telepathic message, only through Nurse MacElroy and transcribed by a Government stenographer.

This largely details the workings and influence of the evil "Old Empire"- fortunately since then much of which has been disbanded and removed, although remnants still operate on Earth - as has also been outlined in Chapter 10 of "The New Earth", Book I, in Heru's messages about the "Forces of Darkness" working within our section of the Grand Universe. Following the death 6 weeks later of the E.T. Being, brought on by electric shock treatment by US Government operatives, Nurse MacElroy was debriefed and sent into forced retirement by the US Air Force, but managed in the confusion to retain her own copy of the Transcripts of the Interviews, duplicates of the "Top Secret" transcripts also kept by the US Government, the existence of which they have never revealed to the public. 60 years later on, Mrs. MacElroy sent her copy of the Transcripts to Lawrence R. Spencer, the Author of "The Oz Factors" (which she had previously read after he had contacted her by phone in 1998) not long before her death at the age of 83. Mr Spencer has bravely published this as the book "Alien Interview" which can be freely read at the following Link:


THE FALL OF ATLANTIS and the Atlantean use of Crystals

This Document provides a fascinating History of Atlantis and its subsequent Fall, including much information on the Atlantean's use of Crystals to provide Free Energy and for many other uses. This information is given to us by Archangel Metatron, channeled through James Tyberon.



A detailed description by an E.T. Healer Crew Member of the Neptune Mothership of its Healing Chambers:

HEALING CHAMBERS of the NEPTUNE MOTHERSHIP


THE EXPLORER RACE on EARTH

A most valuable series of Books in over 21 Volumes on our Cosmic Creator's creation of Earth's "Explorer/Creator Race". Channeled through Robert Shapiro, and made up of the many Interviews by Melody O'Ryin Swanson, Publisher of the Light Technology Books, with the Cosmic Creator of our Grand Universe. All of this significant knowledge has been made available to us through the kind offices of our Creator's very close Friend and Associate, Zoosh who has been his Companion from the start of His Creation activities. There are also many other Interviews with the 8 Friends/Assistants of Creator who have advised him on all the necessary Technology for this Creation process of Universes, Planetary worlds, and the various Dimensional levels, along with other Interviews with the many Multi-Dimensional Entities and Beings involved in our Cosmic Creator's Creation of this vast Universe of ours.


From THE URANTIA BOOK you can also learn all about the amazing background to our whole vast Grand Universe, ranging from the Ruling Trinity of the Father Creator, Son and the Holy Spirit Mother, their abode on the central Paradise Island, of the surrounding Central Universe of Havona and of the further Seven Super Universes also orbiting the Central Universe, and of our own Seventh SuperUniverse of Orvonton in which our Milky Way Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon and our Planet Earth reside. It also goes on to the creation and early History of our Planet Urantia (the original name for Planet Earth), all available in a free online version of "The Urantia Book" from the following Link:

THE URANTIA BOOK was first given to Earth by Celestial Messengers in 1934, over 2000 pages in length, it has sold well over 600,000 copies. The final part of the Book also gives us a true and detailed Life and Teachings of the final "Bestowal Incarnation" on our Planet Urantia/Earth by the Creator Son MICHAEL of Nebadon in a joint incarnation with Jesus SANANDA in Palestine. This final "Seventh Bestowal Incarnation" on one of his lowest dimensional physical Worlds within his Local Universe, gave the Creator Son MICHAEL finally the right to move on from simply acting as "Regent of Nebadon" on behalf of his Trinity Father, to assuming the full powers of rulership and the title: "Sovereign of the Local Universe of Nebadon".



Some amazing information and visits to the Inner Earth are given in the following Document:

The INNER EARTH & Realm of Aghartha
Voyages of discovery to the Inner Earth


THE ASHTAR COMMAND through Tuella

The Ashtar Command Books, given through Tuella (Thelma Terrell) in the late 1980's, gives us a most valuable insight into the coming Earth Changes and Ascension of Planet Earth, and of the assistance to be given to us by the Ashtar Command Fleet in conjunction with the Galactic Federation. The Ashtar Command "Mission" outlined in these Books remains still largely relevant within the Galactic Federation's current methods of operating. The full texts of these Books are freely available from the following Links:

ASHTAR COMMAND - PROJECT: WORLD EVACUATION

This book gives us much information about the possible Earth Changes and methods of mass-evacuation procedures by the Ashtar Command Fleet of Mother Ships which are at present in a protective orbit around Planet Earth.

For the full book text, click on:

"ASHTAR - Project: World Evacuation"


ASHTAR - A Tribute compiled by Tuella.

This second Ashtar Command Book is a compilation by Tuella of further messages from Ashtar and The Ashtar Command.

For the full book text, click on:

"ASHTAR - A Tribute"



Principle of Liberty

THE PRINCIPLE OF LIBERTY
A new direction in politics

This book takes a new and wide view of politics, looking first at the basic purpose of government, then scanning the history of political development over a thousand years. Beginning with Autocracy, or rule by dictator, we progressed to Democracy, or rule by majority, which is certainly an improvement over dictatorship. And yet we are witnessing a growing conviction today that there is a "right" and a "wrong" in Law irrespective of the will of the Majority, or of Parliaments or their Representatives.

The concept of "Right Law" or "Natural Law" is not new. In early Greek and Roman times, throughout the Middle Ages in Britain and well into the 1800s in Britain and the USA it was widely held that there is a "right" and a "wrong" in Law, it being the duty of Legislators and political thinkers to seek out the "right" in the continuously changing circumstances of a developing civilization.

The Principle of Liberty is the title, both of the book, and of the Principle that "we should all be free up to, but never beyond the point where the freedom of one actively intrudes upon the freedom of others". It is a Principle which in its simplicity reflects the essence of "Natural Law"; it is as old as Human conscience, and lies at the heart of English "Common Law".

Can this one single Principle be used as a basis for all Legislation required in today's complex world? The final section of this book deals with Legislation in the three major areas of: Economics and Commerce, Resources Use, and Personal Liberty. It shows that good laws, stability and prosperity can indeed result from the application of this Principle; additionally, Government can be held accountable for its Laws, its productivity and its finances.




THE NEW EARTH

Book II: THE EARTH CHANGES
18th Edition (revised): Copyright 2018 by
Lawrence & Michael Sartorius
with the exception of credited quotations.
Use of the above copyrighted material is freely given by the Authors.

This document is one of three Books; a Trilogy collectively entitled
THE NEW EARTH
Earth Changes and the Ascension of Planet Earth.

Its three component volumes are as follows:
Bk.I: THE HIGHER KNOWLEDGE;
Bk.II: THE EARTH CHANGES;
Bk.III: LIFE IN THE NEW AGE.
All three volumes can be fully accessed from
THE NEW EARTH

Full details of books quoted in all three volumes
plus some other recommended titles will be found in our

NEW AGE BOOKLIST

For some additional New Earth-related material, please check our
NEW EARTH READER



www.Arton.co